Out - and - About - 2 - Student - S - Book 2 PDF

You might also like

Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 163

English for Spanish Speakers

English for Spanish Speakers


StUdEnT’s
bOoK 2

BeYoNd tHe cLaSsRoOm


The final Bachillerato exam and the University Entrance Exam are the key to success
at this stage of students’ learning, but education goes beyond the classroom and exams.
Out & About is a course which provides solid language development for the exams and also

OUT & ABOUT


prepares students for real life and for the world in which they will live as adults.

StUdEnT’s bOoK
WiTh cOmMoN MiStAkEs aT BaChIlLeRaTo
The Student’s Book provides comprehensive coverage of all the grammar
CMYk

and vocabulary in the Bachillerato syllabus combined with a balanced


treatment of all four skills. It also includes:
ISBN 13: 9788490368060 OUT & ABOUT STUdeNT’S BOOk 2 – SPINe 8 mm

three reviews a writing guide


a comprehensive grammar a life skills section
and vocabulary reference an exam tips section.

student’s book 2
The accompanying Common Mistakes at Bachillerato Booklet focuses on
frequent errors made by Spanish Speakers of English at this level.

WoRkBoOk
The Workbook follows the Student’s Book structure and provides all the extra practice
students need. Extra sections include:
exam practice phrasal verbs
listening and speaking practice audioscripts
a vocabulary builder online audio.

Hancock and McDonald


PAU specific wordlists

DiGiTaL OpTiOnS  include: StUdEnT’s bOoK 2


The Digital Student’s Book and the Digital Workbook are SCORM compliant and fully
interactive. They can be used offline and online on all school platforms with multiple
devices.
With the free Augmented Reality app, students have access to all the Out & About
video and audio.

When you see this symbol, use your smartphone or tablet to scan
and access all course videos and audios.

ENGLISH FOR SPANISH SPEAKERS


OUT & ABOUT helps Spanish-speaking
learners overcome the difficulties they face
ISBN 978-84-9036-806-0
Bachillerato
when learning English. This is achieved by
integrating our expert knowledge of
Código Gesdis:
Batxillerat
Spanish speakers with information taken
from the unique Cambridge Learner Corpus. 1031150000 Batxilergoa Mark Hancock
www.cambridge.org/elt/ess 9 788490 368060 Bacharelato Annie McDonald

9788490368060cvr.indd 1 14/05/2015 8:39:45


English for Spanish Speakers

StUdEnT’s bOoK 2

Bachillerato
Batxillerat
Batxilergoa Mark Hancock
Bacharelato Annie McDonald
2

LISTENING
READING PHRASAL VERBS VOCABULARY 1 GRAMMAR
& IDIOMS
Seven of the best check out sth/sb or travel a traveller’s story tense review:
things to do in the check sth/sb out, present and
Idioms: to get
Unit 1 Brazilian Amazon watch out for sb /
sth, make up sth, away from it all,
imperative; present
perfect continuous;
Getting away TIP: using context take sb back, be/ off the beaten past; future
from it all get carried away track, up close and
page 5 EXAM FOCUS: personal, in the
rewriting sentences blink of an eye
in your own words

How big is my bang out sth or environmental a quiz modal verbs: can,
carbon footprint? bang sth out, eat problems could, be able
Unit 2 up sth or eat sth up, Idioms: a drop in to; must, have
Going up in TIP: reading carefully get around sth, take the ocean, to go to, should, need;
smoke up, put off sb or put through the roof, must, might,
page 17 EXAM FOCUS: true sb off, go for sth to go up in smoke, could, may, can’t
and false questions the tide is turning

REVIEW
Obesity: the put on, pick up, health a radio interview conditional
new normal? grow up, sign up, possibility:
sit back Idioms: as right as conditional
Unit 3 TIP: thinking rain, to feel under sentences; mixed
You are what about synonyms the weather, to conditionals; unless,
you eat sleep like a log, as long as, provided
page 31 EXAM FOCUS: to feel down in that / providing, in
finding synonyms the dumps, as case, supposing,
fit as a fiddle even if , otherwise

Video games: feed back, take sb stories a plot questions:


the new face of back, shout out, yes / no questions;
story telling move on, go back Idioms: out of wh- questions;
the blue, to get question tags;
Unit 4 TIP: answering blood on your embedded
Telling tales open questions hands, a bitter questions; emphatic
page 43 pill to swallow, to questions
EXAM FOCUS: hand something to
answering open someone on a plate
questions

REVIEW
These kids mean sum (sth/sb) up, business personal accounts used to, would,
business clock up, come wish, if only
Idioms: for love
Unit 5 TIP: meaning of
up with sth, put
(sth) together, start nor money, to go
A head for compound nouns up sth, grow up it alone, up and
business running, got a
page 57 EXAM FOCUS: head for business,
multiple choice bring it on
questions

When Edinburgh turn up, go on entertainment a radio interview comparatives


becomes the to do sth, slip and superlatives:
capital of comedy away, turn into Idioms: butterflies comparatives; get +
Unit 6 in one’s stomach, to comparative + and
In the TIP: looking for go down the drain, + comparative; (not)
spotlight antonyms to get to grips with as . . . as; superlatives
something, tricks of
page 69 EXAM FOCUS: the trade, to make
antonyms something up as
you go along

REVIEW
Life skills Language Writing guide Exam tips Irregular verbs
page 84 reference page 100 page 106 page 111
page 90
VOCABULARY 2 PRONUNCIATION SPEAKING WRITING LIFE SKILL VIDEO

ways of travelling: full and reduced complaining a descriptive essay planning and Worst holiday
transport; directions; vowels organising
public transport City break

word roots word stress; nouns having a discussion an opinion essay wise use of Travelling

and verbs resources by plane
Beekeeping
in the city

quantities and the letters ea; making suggestions a proposal stress management Healthy diet
capacity pronunciation of of
You are what

you eat

time adverbs and -tion; emphatic telling an anecdote retelling a narrative problem solving Coincidences
expressions questions
Walls can talk


prefixes /i:/; /I/ and /e/ regretting and a letter of interview skills Regrets
wishing application
Bring your

ideas to life

compound than and as inviting and a critical review communication Invitation to


an event
adjectives responding to skills
invitations
 ake it big in
M
the movies
Unit 1
Getting away from it all
UNIT OBJECTIVES
• find out about travel
• read and understand a text on travel
• topic words: travel words
• listen to a traveller’s story
• grammar: tense review
• word building: ways of travelling
• speaking: complaining
• writing: a description essay
• life skill: planning and organising

Look at the photo. Talk to your


partner for one minute about what you
can see.
VIDEO 1 VIDEO 2
Think about these questions:
• what can you see in the photo?
• where do you think the photo was taken?
• do people travel long distance by bus in
your country?
How do you travel when you go on holiday? Why?

getting away from it all unit 1 55


Reading

1   Look at the photos, title and sub-headings. 6 Find these sentences in the text and rewrite them in
Choose the best answer according to the text. Only one your own words. Follow stages 1 – 3 in Exercise 5.
answer is possible. Compare and discuss with a partner. 1 There are literally hundreds of trips to choose
What kind of tourist do you think the article is for? between, from budget to luxury.
a Somebody who wants to be physically active all the time. 2 Manaus is the place where two of the world’s biggest
b Somebody who wants to travel by as many means of rivers meet.
transport as possible. 3 The area also has caves, home to bats and lizards.
c Somebody who is looking for holiday adventures. 4 The beach at Ponte Negra, 14 km west of the city, has
sands equal to any ocean beach.

Tip 7 Answer the questions according to the information in


Use what you know about parts of words and the text. Use your own words.
the context to help you guess their meaning.
1 Why are smaller boats best to travel into the forest in?
2 Why, according to the writer, should you visit the
2 Read the definitions. Match them with the words Opera House?
highlighted in green in the text. Then translate the
3 How did the rubber barons make their money?
words into your language.
4 What can you learn about in the Rubber Plantation
Museum?
1 extremely exciting, beautiful or surprising (adj)
5 Why might a person want to leave Manaus for the
2 making you feel less hot or tired (adj) Magical Waterfalls?
3 having a magical, attractive or beautiful quality (adj)
4 attractive in appearance, especially in an 8   Imagine you are going to the Amazon. Choose
old-fashioned way (adj) three trips to go on and tell a partner.
5 needing a lot of hard physical effort and making
you feel extremely tired (adj)
6 very famous and admired or spoken about (adj) Phrasal verbs
check out sth / sb or check sth / sb out: to examine
3 Read the text quickly – in about three minutes! Was something or get more information about it in
your answer to Exercise 1 correct? order to be certain that it is true, safe or suitable
watch out for sb / sth: to be careful to notice
4   1.01 Read the text again and listen. Say what you someone or something interesting
would do if you wanted to … make up sth: to form a particular thing, amount or

• meet local • have peace • see insects number as a whole


take sb back: if something takes you back, it makes
people and quiet
you remember a period or an event
be / get carried away: to become so excited
Exam focus: rewriting about something that you do not control what
sentences in your own words you do or say

5 Follow stages 1 – 3 for rewriting sentences in your own


words.
1 Look at the sentence and identify the key words.
In the late 19th century, Manaus was a legendary city
because of the wealth of the rubber trade.
2 Think about how you would say the information if you
were telling a friend: You should:
a change the structure.
b use synonyms.
c start a sentence or clause with a different subject.
Now write your new sentence.
3 Reread your sentence and check you have included all
the key information and that your wording is different.

06 unit 1 getting away from it all


Unit 1

7 OF THE BEST THINGS TO DO


IN THE BRAZILIAN AMAZON
M
anaus is the city at the very THE OPERA HOUSE spectacle of whirlpools 6 km long. You
heart of the Brazilian Amazon, 25 In the late 19th century, Manaus was a can go on a boat trip to take a look and
a four-hour flight from Rio de legendary city because of the wealth of you’ll probably get to take photos of
Janeiro. There’s plenty to do the rubber trade. The Opera House gives freshwater dolphins as an added bonus.
5 here, from boating and hiking to relaxing you a flavour of that glamorous past. No
on the beach or even an evening at the expense was spared in its construction. MAGICAL WATERFALLS
opera, so check out the options! 30 With marble from Italy, ironwork from 55If you want some relaxation away from
Glasgow and 198 chandeliers of Murano the dust and heat of Manaus, head for
JUNGLE HIKES glass making up the theatre, this is a the picturesque ‘Land of Waterfalls’, a
Book a tour from a certified tour must for sightseers. two-hour bus ride from the city. The
operator. A good guide will know the place will carry you away with its lush
10 best places to see birds such as parrots 60 vegetation, tranquil pools for swimming
and macaws, as well as monkeys and in, and fairy-tale atmosphere. The area
other exotic fauna. On a budget trip, also has caves, home to bats and lizards.
you’ll sleep in a hammock in local style
cabins and eat local dishes such as fish, PARTY ON THE BEACH
15 beans and rice. But watch out for the The beach at Ponte Negra, 14 km west
creepy-crawlies, and don’t forget your of the city, has sands equal to any ocean
malaria tablets! 65 beach. This is where the people of
THE RUBBER Manaus come to socialise, picnic, listen
BOAT RIDES PLANTATION MUSEUM to live music and dance. The brown
There are literally hundreds of trips to The wealth of the rubber barons of water is not ideal for swimming but fine
choose between, from budget to luxury. 35 Manaus was built on the slave labour for a refreshing dip, and there are no
20 Smaller boats can take you deep into the of local Indians. A visit to the Museu do 70 piranhas to worry about!
forest, where you have the best chance Sringal Paraiso, which is restored from an
of seeing caiman and piranhas. The rivers original rubber plantation, will take you
are lined with unspoilt forest, and you’ll right back to those dark days . Here you Streetwise
see the amazing giant water lilies. 40 will learn about the awful conditions and
backbreaking work, as well as seeing it’s a must
a practical demonstration of how the Must can be used as a noun
rubber was extracted from the trees. when we want to say that
something is necessary.
The opera house is a must
for sightseers.

Get it right THE MEETING OF THE WATERS


Manaus is the place where two of the
We say: 45 world’s biggest rivers meet. One of
✓ It's the colour of black coffee. them, the Rio Negro, is the colour of
✗ It's the colour of black coffe. black coffee. The other, the mighty
Amazon (or Solimões), is the colour of
white coffee. Where the rivers meet, the
50 colours begin to mix in a breathtaking

getting away from it all unit 1 07


Vocabulary

Travel
1 Find the words in the box in the photos. 4 Match the words in the box with their meanings.
a – local dishes, market
travel voyage tour trip
accommodation beaches bus ride fauna
local dishes market scenery vegetation waterfall
1 a journey in which you go somewhere, usually for a
short time, and come back again (n)
2 to make a journey, usually over a long distance (n or v)
a b c d
3 a long journey, especially by ship (n)
4 a visit to a place or area, especially one during which
you look around the place and learn about it (n or v)

See Language Reference on page 90.

2 Complete the text with the adjectives in the box. There 5 Complete the sentences with the words from Exercise 4.
may be more than one possibililty. 1 I went on a sightseeing of Italy last year.
2 100 years ago, going to New York was a two-week
breathtaking colourful exotic lush luxury .
mouth-watering picturesque scenic unspoilt 3 I went to Madrid on a shopping last weekend.
4 I hate heavy luggage – I prefer to light.

COME TO Tip
COSTA RICA! Make word spiders to help you remember
words in groups.
1 BREATHTAKING SCENERY
2 BEACHES
3
6 Look at this word spider. Make more word spiders
WATERFALLS
relating to travel for three of the topics in the box.
4 VEGETATION
bed and breakfast cabin self-catering flat
5 FAUNA
ACCOMMODATION
6 MARKETS
youth hostel hotel campsite
7 - LOCAL DISHES
8 BUS RIDES environments fauna forms of transport
9 ACCOMMODATION holiday activities holiday destinations

COSTA RICA HAS IT ALL! 7 What is your idea of a perfect holiday? Where
would you go? What would you do and see? Discuss
3 Make phrases with new adjectives. with a partner.
1 scenery which takes your breath away – breathtaking
scenery
PV
2 a bus ride which takes two hours –
3 work which breaks your back – 8 Make sentences from the box.
4 a journey which is ten miles long –
1 He started
5 a cruise which is three weeks long – a place before
making a sand
I travel there.
6 food which makes your mouth water – castle and got
and ended
2 Hearing flamenco carried out
up making
Get it right music always check out
a sand city.
3 I like to go on takes me back
for snakes.
We say: the internet and watch away
to my last
✓ I went on a school trip last year.
4 When you’re
holiday in
✗ I went on a school travel last year.
in the jungle,
Spain.
you have to

08 unit 1 getting away from it all


Listening Unit 1
A traveller’s story

1 You will hear someone describing a travel 5 Listen to the last part of the story and
1.04

experience in Brazil. The following words are in the complete the sentences. Write no more than three
story. What do you think might have happened? words for each space. Compare with a partner.
Discuss with a partner. 1 The motor on the back of the boat and
water started coming in.
2 The water came up to .
3 When they slowed down, the front of the boat wasn’t
up any more.
4 After about half an hour, a came past.
5 The people in the ferry us and took us back
to Manaus.
Tip
Listen carefully for linkers to help you understand
detail.
Idioms
6 Read these extracts from the conversation. Match the
2 1.02Listen to the first part of the story. How many idioms in bold with their meanings.
times does the speaker use the following linkers? 1 I wanted to get away from it all and see some jungle.
and because but so 2 … getting off the beaten track and seeing the wildlife.
3 … the guide caught a small one so we could get up
3 1.02 Can you remember what the speaker said
close and personal.
before and after any of the words in Exercise 2? Compare
4 … and then, in the blink of an eye, the back fell off.
your ideas with a partner then listen again and check.
a very quickly
4 1.03 Listen to the next part of the story. Choose
b somewhere peaceful
the best answer according to the story.
c go where other tourists don’t
1 How did the speaker feel about the boat when she first
d experience something from very near
saw it?
a worried c happy
b surprised d excited Streetwise
2 What was the problem with the boat when it was have had it
travelling quickly?
Have had it is an informal expression which we use
a Part of it was low c It wasn’t long when something is finished or over or when something
in the water. enough. has failed.
b The motor d It was too I thought we’d had it when the back fell off the boat!
was noisy. narrow.
3 How did the speaker feel when they got to a smaller river?
a frightened c happy 7 Would you like to travel on the Amazon?
b excited d relieved Why / Why not? Discuss with a partner.
4 Why did they go out at night?
a to see the c to see the Reflection
vegetation starlight
b to see alligator- d to get close 8 What helped you understand the listening?
like creatures to the jungle • Thinking about the topic before listening.
5 What did they do when they were staying in the cabin? • Listening carefully for linkers.
a went swimming c ate fish • Listening for specific information.
b fed the fish d ate meat

getting away from it all unit 1 09


Grammar

Tense review
Present and imperative Present perfect continuous
1 Complete the text with the correct form of the verbs 4 Read the sentences and answer the questions.
in the box. Use present simple, present continuous or 1 She has been living in Rome for the last two weeks.
imperative forms. 2 I’ve been making a chocolate cake. Look! I’ve got
chocolate all over my hands.
drive get look make move say
3 Clara is a very good football player – she’s been playing
sound steal think try turn say football since she was six.

1 What’s the name of this tense?


We 1 get angry too easily when we 2 are driving. 2 How is it formed?
Perhaps the car horn is part of the problem. It 3
3 How do you make the negative and question forms?
like you 4 ,‘ 5 out of the way!’, or ‘ 6
where you’re going, idiot!’ What we need is a car horn 4 Can you match sentences 1 – 3 with these meanings?
which 7 , ‘I’m sorry’. After all, we all 8 a an activity that has just stopped or has recently
mistakes sometimes. Perhaps the traffic lights 9 stopped, whose effects are visible now
green while you 10 about something else. b an activity that began in the past and continues into
Perhaps you 11 someone’s parking spot which the present
another driver 12 to use. The road would be a
c an action repeated over a period of time
better place if we could admit our
mistakes with a
5 Read the situations and complete the questions or
‘sorry’ horn! I'M SORRY!
sentences with the present perfect continuous and the
verbs in brackets.
2 1.05 Listen and check your answers. 1 Frida lives in Brazil now. She moved there four months ago.
Frida has been living in Brazil for four months.
See Language reference on pages 90-91. 2 Sam disappeared this morning. I’m looking for him now.
I him all morning. (look for)
3 Choose the correct option.
3 A friend tells you he’s learning English. You want to
1 My family (live / are living / have lived) in Galicia since 2010. know how long.
2 My grandmother (stays / is staying / has stayed) with How long English? (learn)
us at the moment.
4 Ben doesn’t feel well. He hasn’t been to school this week.
3 My father (works / is working / has worked) at the
Ben all week. (feel)
port in Vigo.
5 Chloe doesn’t speak much Chinese. She only started
4 He (works / is working / has worked) there for five years.
classes two weeks ago.
5 He (drives / is driving / has driven) there every morning.
Chloe Chinese for very long. (speak)
6 He (teaches / is teaching / has taught) me to drive at
the moment. 6 Complete the sentences with the verbs in brackets. Use
present perfect simple or present perfect continuous.
Get it right 1 I’ve sent at least five emails today. (send)
2 It for two hours. (rain)
We say: 3 you ever on a cruise? (go)
✓ Have you ever been to Italy? 4 My uncle in many different countries. (live)
✗ Have you ever went to Italy?
5 Joe here since 9.30 this morning. (wait)
6 I a lot of books about the Amazon. (read)
7 I to ring you all morning. (try)
Tip 8 We all night and we’re exhausted. (travel)
Remember we use time expressions like How long,
for, since, all day, the whole week… with the present
See Language reference on pages 91-92.
perfect continuous.
How long have you been waiting?
I’ve been waiting all day!

10 unit 1 getting away from it all


Unit 1

Past Future
7 Complete the sentences with the verbs in brackets. Put 11 Work with a partner. Match the beginnings and
one of them in the past simple and the other in past endings of the sentences, then ask each other the
continuous or past perfect. questions.
1 While we were sailing down the Amazon, the back fell 1–c
off the boat. (sail/fall)
2 I Manaus while I in Brazil. (visit/ a after you finish
1 What are you doing
travel) university?
2 What are you going
3 When I to Brazil, I to South b doing this time
America before. (go/never go)
3 What do you next year?
think you’ll be
4 The sun when we the cabin in c on Saturday evening?
the morning. (rise/leave)
4 W
 hat do you
d to do in the summer
think you’ll do
5 I a piranha in the water when I holidays?
my teeth. (see/brush)
6 When I a photo, a spider my 12 Match the sentences in Exercise 11 with the future
leg. (take/bite) forms below.
7 I a parrot in the wild before I going to for the future
the Amazon. (never see/visit)
will for the future
See Language reference on pages 92-93. future continuous
present continuous future
8 Complete the sentences with the correct form of the
See Language reference on pages 93-94.
verbs in brackets. Use past simple or present perfect.
1 Oh no! I ‘ve lost my keys and I can’t get in to the house!
(lose) 13 Complete the sentences with the best future form of
the verbs in the box.
2 Alice to Portugal on holiday, she
to Brazil, but she’s home now. (not go, go)
be buy lend lie
3 Can I borrow your phone, please? I need to make a call
and my phone . (break)
1 Just think – this time next week, we’ll be lying on the
4 Alex a headache this morning? beach in the sun!
(have)
2 I hate this suitcase. I _________ a new one!
5 I the tablet, it her! (not drop , be)
3 Look at the clouds. I think there _________ a storm.
6 it raining now? (stop)
4 Don’t worry if you’re short of cash. I _______ you some.
9 Complete the text with the correct form of the verbs in
14 Think about your ideas for 1–7 below. Tell a
brackets. Use past simple, past continuous or past perfect.
partner. Are any of your ideas the same?
When I 1 was staying
Name one thing …
(stay) in Lisbon, I 2
(go) out one evening to 1 you are doing right now.
a concert. I 3 (buy) 2 you’ve never done.
the ticket in advance 3 you did last summer.
because it was a very 4 you wish you hadn’t done.
popular band. While
I 4 (walk) back
5 you think will happen in the future.
to the holiday apartment afterwards, I 5 (notice) 6 you do at least once a week.
a man following me. I 6 (run) all the way to the 7 you are going to do this week.
door in a panic and 7 (look) for my key, but it had
gone. Then the man who 8 (follow) me arrived. He
9 (give) me the key. It 10 (fall) out of my bag
while I was leaving the concert and the man 11 (see)
it happening and followed me to return it.

10   1.06 Listen and check your answers.

getting away from it all unit 1 11


Vocabulary

Ways of travelling
Transport 6 Work with a partner. Say where you get to if you
travel in different directions from where you are now.
1 Match the transport phrases in A and B. If you travel southward, you’ll reach Seville. It’s about five
by air – by plane hours by car.

A B 7 What are the opposites of these directions?

by air by road by boat by train


1 eastward 3 outward 5 upward
by horse by sea by car on foot
2 northward 4 forward
by rail by walking by plane on horseback
Pronunciation: full and reduced
2 Use the phrases in Exercise 1 to describe the photos. vowels
a – by air – by plane

a b c Tip
The reduced vowel () is the most common vowel
sound in English. The vowel is usually reduced in
unstressed syllables.

d e f 8 1.07 Listen to the words. Indicate where the


vowel is pronounced in full.

full vowel reduced vowel

land // England //


ward // northward //
3 Add more forms of transport to these groups.
1 by road – by car 3 overland 1 overland inland island Poland woodland
2 by sea 4 off-road 2 southward outward toward eastward backward

4 Which forms of transport do you think these people used?


1 Jake travelled overland from Madrid to London. Public transport
Perhaps Jake went by rail, or perhaps he went by car.
2 The national football team will be travelling to Florida. 9 Complete the conversation with the words in the box.

3 Anita is trekking in the Andes. direct first class international


4 Beyonce is doing an international tour. non-stop single shuttle

Directions A: What’s the fastest way to the 1 international airport?


B: The airport express. It’s a service from here to the
2
5 Complete the text with airport and back, every 30 minutes.
the words in the box. A: Do I have to change trains anywhere?
B: No, the service is 3 .
inland northward
A: OK, I’d like two tickets please.
southward towards
Luton B: 4 or return?
Stanstead
westward
Heathrow London A: Two 5 returns, please. How long does it take?
Gatwick the south B: It’s 6 , it only takes about 20 minutes.
The south east of England coast
A: OK, thanks.
has four main airports.
Heading 1 westward from London is Heathrow.
10 1.08 Listen and check your answers.
Heading 2 are Luton and Stanstead. Finally,
heading 3 , 4 the south coast is
Gatwick. All of these airports are 5 , but there
11 Practise the conversation with a partner. Change
some of the words.
is a plan to build an airport on the south coast.

12 unit 1 getting away from it all


Speaking Unit 1
Complaining Life skill
Skills
Organising an excursion
1 Look at the photo. What do you think
would attract people to go on this tour?
Discuss with a partner.

2 1.09 Read and listen to the conversation. Do you think Emma is right to complain?
Tour operator: Hello, can I help you? Emma: But the next boat was three
Emma: Hello, yes, I’m calling to complain hours later! I think your advert was
about a tour I went on yesterday. misleading.
Tour operator: OK, which tour was that, Tour operator: I’m sorry to hear that. We Identifying the problem
please? will try to make this clearer in future.
Please accept our apologies. Discuss with a partner.
Emma: It was Amsterdam by Boat.
Emma: Actually, I’d like a refund. 1 Who are the people in
Tour operator: And what was the
problem? Tour operator: I’m sorry, that won’t be the photo and what
possible. We could give you a voucher are they doing?
Emma: Well, according to the brochure,
towards another tour, perhaps?
we were supposed to stop at the 2 Imagine an excursion
Rijksmuseum art gallery. In fact, the Emma: But I’m leaving tomorrow. like this. What could
boat only stopped there for ten minutes. Tour operator: Then I don’t think there’s go wrong? Think about
That’s not enough. anything we can do. I’m sorry. money, transport,
Tour operator: I see. But passengers who Emma: Well, I won’t be recommending accommodation, food …
want to stay longer can simply get off you to anyone, then. Goodbye!
and hop on the next boat. Suggesting a solution

3 Find phrases in the conversation for the following functions: Compare with a partner.
1 offering to help 3 apologising 3 You are organising
2 introducing a reason for calling 4 saying what you want an excursion. What
preparations do you need to
make to avoid the problems
Useful language you thought of in Exercise 2?

Saying what’s Saying what you Saying you’re Responding What about you?
wrong want/don’t want unhappy to a complaint
It’s broken / Can I have a I don’t like Certainly, I’ll get Tell your partner or the class.
damaged. replacement, your attitude. you another one. 4 Have you ever been
It doesn’t please? I’m afraid it’s just I’m afraid I can’t give responsible for organising a
do what it’s I’d like a refund. not good enough. you your money trip. How did you prepare?
supposed to do. I’d like to speak back but I can give Did anything go wrong?
It doesn’t work. to the manager. you a credit note. How was the trip?
What it I’d rather have my I’m sorry to hear that.
says here is money back. Of course, I’ll call the
misleading. I’m sorry, but I don’t manager immediately. Planning and
want to exchange Please accept organising
it for another. my apologies. When something works well
and everybody has a good time,
there is usually careful planning
4 Work with a partner. Practise the conversation in Exercise 2. and organisation behind it.
Luck helps those who help
5 Work with a partner. Make notes on one of these topics or choose your own. themselves!
• You bought something online and it’s faulty. Remember: the best way to
• You sent an email to a company and no one’s replied. ensure that everything goes
• You stayed in a hotel, and the staff were rude. well is by thinking things
through properly beforehand.
6 Work with a different partner and have a conversation like the one in
Exercise 2. Take turns to complain about your problem from Exercise 5.

unit 1 13
Writing

A descriptive essay
Writing task: write a descriptive essay about a TV personality you’d like to meet. (120 – 150 words).

A TV personality I’d like to meet


by Amanda Wong
Someone I really like and admire on TV is the explorer Bruce Parry. He made a series
called Tribe, about indigenous people. He visits tribes in barren deserts, snow-capped
mountains and tropical jungles all around the world. But he doesn’t just film them,
he actually lives with them and participates in their daily lives as an equal.

Bruce often goes into very dangerous places in the programmes. For example, when he was in
New Guinea, he found some hostile warriors. They were speaking, and we can see a translation
at the bottom of the screen saying, ‘Shall we kill him?’ Fortunately, Bruce managed to calm them
down with his gentle ways. He always appears to be cheerful and fearless in spite of the danger.

Although I am adventurous I don't know if I could cope with the everyday danger, the pungent
food and not knowing the language and I certainly wouldn’t do some of the things that
Bruce does. For example, he eats crunchy, slimy insects for supper in South America, or does a
rhythmic tribal dance without any clothes in Africa. But perhaps the thing I admire most about
him is that he gets on so well with all kinds of different people, despite the language barrier.

1 Read the description of TV presenter Bruce Parry. How 4 Read the essay again and say where the writer …
does the writer feel about him? Why? 1 gives the reader a description of a particular situation.
2 explains the person’s best quality.
2 Answer the questions with adjectives from the text.
3 gives some examples of what the person does.
1 What type of people is Tribe about?
4 tells the reader who the person is.
2 What types of places does Bruce visit?
5 explains how the person dealt with something difficult.
3 What were the warriors in New Guinea like?
6 gives a general description of things the person does.
4 How does the writer describe Bruce in the second
paragraph?
5 Look at the essay structure and decide where the
5 How does the writer describe herself? actions in Exercise 4 are covered.
6 Who does Bruce get on well with?
A. Introduction B. Detail C. Conclusion
7 What type of barrier does Bruce usually face when he
visits different tribes?

Tip Writing builder


Use adjectives to write a more interesting 6 Complete the text with the words in the box.
description for your reader. Remember adjectives
are usually placed before the noun.
attention concluding feelings logical
senses statement summarise
3 Read the essay again and look at the table below. Find
another word for each of the senses. A descriptive essay describes something or someone by
appealing to the reader’s 1 senses: sight, smell, sound,
sight smell sound taste touch taste and touch. In the introduction, you should capture
your reader’s 2 by introducing the topic, followed
freshly bitter / by a main
picturesque
cut grass
loud
sweet
rough 3 . In the next paragraph, arrange the
details in a 4 order and include your thoughts and
5 . In the final paragraph re-emphasise your main
statement and 6 what you have discussed. End
your essay with a strong 7 sentence.

14 unit 1 getting away from it all


Unit 1

Signpost Write!
Writers use signposts to introduce contrast, for example,
the highlighted words and phrases but, in spite of, 9 Write a description of somebody you admire.
although and despite. (120 – 150 words).

7 Choose the best signpost of contrast to complete the Steps


sentences. Sometimes more than one answer is possible.
1 She is a generous person, (but / in spite of / although) STEP 1: Getting ideas
not having much money.
2 (But / Despite / Although) she hasn’t got much money, • Work with a partner. Choose a person you both admire.
she’s really generous. • Brainstorm general reasons and specific examples
3 She hasn’t got much money, (but / in spite of / of what the person has done.
although) she’s really generous. • Write notes of some adjectives you could use.
4 He’s incredibly athletic, (but / despite / although) his age. • Write notes in an essay structure box like this.
5 (But / Despite / Although) his age, he’s incredibly athletic. Introduction Detail Conclusion
6 He’s quite old now, (but / in spite of / although) he’s (paragraph 1) (paragraph 2) (paragraph 3)
still incredibly athletic.

Improve your writing


STEP 2: Organising your ideas
8 Add more information and a signpost of contrast to the and writing a first draft
following facts. Compare your ideas with a partner.
• Write a first draft of your description.
although but despite in spite of • Use some expressions from Exercise 7.
• Think about the language you need to use for a
1 She’s an amazing actress. descriptive essay and use adjectives.
2 He scored a brilliant goal.
STEP 3: Reviewing your writing
3 His artwork is so creative.
4 The architecture is really inspiring. • Reread your first draft and answer these questions.
5 The experience was rather frightening. 1 Have you followed the plan?
6 She’s always optimistic. 2 Have you used some signposts to help your reader?
3 Have you used the correct language for a
descriptive essay?
Useful language 4 Is your grammar, spelling and punctuation correct?
To give a general 5 Does each sentence lead smoothly to the next?
To introduce a point
description of actions
STEP 4: Writing a final draft
The person I most He / She lives / goes
admire is … (etc.) … (verbs in
the present tense)
• Recheck your work before handing it in.
The thing I really like is …
• Write a brief note to your teacher about why you
chose this person.
To describe a
To make contrasts
particular event
He / She went (etc.) … although
(verbs in the past tense) but See Writing guide on page 100.
despite
in spite of

getting away from it all unit 1 15


Review

Travel Past
1 Reorder the letters to write a travel word for the words 5 Complete the sentences with one of the verbs in past
belonging to each category. simple, one in past continuous and one in past perfect.
1 trees and plants – natigeveto vegetation 1 When I was travelling in Portugal, I met someone who
2 animals, birds, insects, fish – nuafa had visited every country in Europe. (travel/meet/visit)
3 it makes you want to eat it – homut- intraweg 2 When Annie home, Mike to bed. He
deeply. (arrive/go/sleep)
4 hotels, hostels, camp sites etc – tomocadamocin
5 strange, unusual, unknown, foreign – cioxet
3 I never in a plane before I for
London, and I very excited. (be/leave/feel)
6 not damaged – lopinust
4 When we in Venice, someone
my bag. Fortunately, I my valuables in the
Ways of travelling hotel. (sightsee/steal/leave)

2 Complete the text with the words in the box. Future


by rail direct horseback international non-stop
6 Complete the conversation with the
overland sea single towards westward best form of the verbs in the box.
Hamid travelled 1 overland to Europe. He left home and
do get go lie stay stay
travelled 2 the 3 border by road. He crossed
the mountains first on 4 and then on foot. In Turkey,
he made a 24-hour 5 journey 6 by bus. A: What 1 are you doing this summer?
Then he went by 7 to Greece. From there, he went B: I 2 to Malaga. This time next month, I 3 on
northward 8 to Germany. Finally, he was given a the beach!
9 ticket for a 10 flight back to his home. A: Lucky you! Where 4 you ?
B: I 5 probably with my grandmother.
Present and imperative She lives there.
A: Have you got your train tickets yet?
3 Complete the sentences with the verbs in present B: No. I 6 them a bit nearer the time.
simple, present continuous, present perfect or
imperative.
Pronunciation awareness
1 I ‘ve never liked flying. (never like)
2 If you like sea and sunshine, to Greece! (go) 7 Choose the word or phrase with a full vowel sound in
3 My mum sometimes me to school. (drive) the part in bold.
4 Jeff ’s away at the moment. He in France. (ski) 1 Scotland overland island Finland
5 you ever your passport while travelling? (lose) 2 Ireland woodland England inland
3 forward northward toward eastward
Present perfect continuous
Signposts in writing
4 Complete the sentences with the present perfect
continuous of the verbs in brackets. 8 Choose the correct signpost to complete the sentences.
1 Sarah is tired because she has been working very long 1 She’s always smiling, but/in spite of/although all her
hours this week. (work) problems.
2 You to a word I’ve said, have you? (listen) 2 We really enjoyed our holiday, but/despite/although the
3 Why my sweets? (you / eat) noise from the railway nearby.
4 Look! Here’s my camera. I it for a week! 3 Our Amazon trip was amazingly interesting, but/
(look for) despite/in spite of the weather was awful.
4 But/Despite/Although we were told we’d be able to visit
the museum, there wasn’t enough time to go.
5 But/In spite of/Although its unattractive brown water,
Ponte Negra is as good as any ocean beach.

16 unit 1 getting away from it all


Unit 2
Going up in smoke
UNIT OBJECTIVES
• find out about the environment
• read and understand a text on the environment
• topic words: environmental problems
• listen to a quiz
• grammar: modal verbs
• word building: word roots
• speaking: having a discussion
• writing: an opinion essay
• life skill: wise use of resources

Look at the photo. Talk to your


partner for one minute about what
you can see.
VIDEO 1 VIDEO 2
Think about these questions:
• what can you see in the photo?
• where do you think the photo was taken?
• what problems do you think these factories
could cause?
Are there any factories like this near where you live?

going up in smoke unit 2 17


Reading

1 Look at the photos, title and sub-headings. What


is your ‘carbon footprint’? Compare and discuss with a
Exam focus: true and false
partner. questions
2 Read the definitions. Match them with the words
5 Follow stages 1– 4 for answering true and
highlighted in green in the text. Then translate the
false questions.
words into your language.
1 Read the sentence carefully and pick out the key words.
Everything we do affects our carbon footprint.
1 someone who talks a lot (n) 2 Find the part in the text where you can read the
2 to increase (v) information.
3 things carried from one place to another (n) 3 Check carefully for negative words and quantifiers.
4 something that is useful or valuable (n) 4 Decide if the statement is true or false.
5 to get smaller (v)
6 Are the following sentences true or false? Follow
stages 1 – 4 in Exercise 5.
3 Read the text quickly – in about three minutes! Was 1 The author talks about the carbon footprint of things
your answer to Exercise 1 correct? people usually think about.
2 Bananas have a large carbon footprint because of
4 Read the text again and listen. Choose the
1.10
packaging.
best answer according to the text.
3 Texting rather than talking on a mobile phone is more
1 The author wrote the article … carbon-efficient.
a to instruct.
b to inform. 7 Answer the questions according to the information in
c to frighten. the text. Use the exact words from the text to justify
your answer.
2 The annual carbon footprint of a business email user is …
1 How have people’s letter and email writing habits
a bigger than driving 250 kilometres.
changed?
b smaller than driving 250 kilometres.
2 What’s a disadvantage of eating bananas?
c the same as driving 250 kilometres.
3 What impact would using more than one paper towel
3 Using a paper towel to dry your hands is … have on your carbon footprint?
a worse than using a heated air blow-dryer. 4 How does using mobile phones affect your carbon
b better than using a heated air blow-dryer. footprint?
c better than leaving your hands to drip-dry. 5 What’s a secondary advantage of cycling?
4 The carbon footprint from using a mobile phone is …
a as big as from a flight to New York. 8 How big is your carbon footprint? What could
you do to make it smaller? Tell a partner.
b smaller than the footprint from using a landline.
c smaller if you text than if you speak.
5 Cycling … Phrasal verbs
a will have a different carbon footprint for each
person. bang out sth or bang sth out: to write something
b has no carbon footprint costs. quickly on a computer or a typewriter
eat up sth or eat sth up: to use all of something that
c has many indirect costs.
is valuable and that you are trying to keep
get around sth: to find a way of dealing with or
avoiding a problem
Tip take up: to use a particular amount of time, space or
Read every word in the sentences in a text very
effort
carefully, and pay particular attention to negative
put off sb or put sb off: to make someone not
words and quantifiers.
like someone or something or not want to do
something
go for sth: to try to get or achieve something

18 unit 2 going up in smoke


Unit 2
HOW BIG IS MY
CARBON FOOTPRINT?
W
e all know that travelling volume of spam. It is estimated that
by air, heating a home or 78% of all incoming emails are spam,
driving a car causes pollution and reading and deleting this eats up
which can damage the environment 30 electricity. Even a spam filter consumes
5 and contribute to climate change. energy. Very roughly speaking, the
We call the amount of carbon dioxide carbon footprint of a typical year of
pollution which a given activity causes incoming mail for a business user is
its ‘carbon footprint’. If we want to save about the equivalent of driving 250
the environment, we must shrink this 35 kilometres in a car.
10 footprint. However, burning
fossil fuels is not the only BANANAS CYCLING
source of man-made Bananas provide a lot of 70 Cycling is a green alternative to driving.
climate change. In fact, nutrition in return for a However, there is an indirect cost,
almost everything we do small carbon footprint. They because cycling burns energy which
15 has some impact on it, last a long time and so can be is supplied by food, and this takes up
including things we think 40 transported by sea, which is 100 resources to produce and transport.
are environmentally-friendly, times less polluting than air freight. 75 The resources required depend on
such as using email. So let’s look at What’s more, they don’t need a lot of the food you eat. The carbon footprint
the carbon footprint of a few everyday packaging, since they already have their from bananas or cereal is much smaller
20 objects and activities that we don’t own natural wrapper. On the downside, than from meat, or any food which is
normally think twice about. 45 they are often cultivated with a lot of transported a long distance by air. But
pesticide. You have to buy organic or fair 80 you mustn’t let these facts put you off –
trade bananas to get around this. using a bike instead of a car is definitely
one of your most carbon-efficient
DRYING YOUR HANDS choices, so go for it! It also contributes
The most fuel-efficient way to dry your to good health, which reduces the
hands is a cold air blow-dryer. Heated air energy required for medical treatment.
50 blow-dryers use over six times as much 85 The conclusion from all of this is that the
energy for the same job. Somewhere biggest part of your carbon footprint
between these two options is a paper is probably from your travel, eating
EMAIL towel – but you mustn’t use more than and heating habits, but you mustn’t
Sending an email has a much smaller one, or your carbon footprint will swell forget that other things you do also
carbon footprint than posting a letter. 55 very rapidly. Of course, you don’t have to 90 have an effect, often indirectly. We all
However, most people now bang out dry your hands at all, you could let them need to become more aware of the
25 many more emails than they sent letters drip dry. This uses no energy at all, but it consequences of our choices.
in the past. In addition, there is a massive may be less hygienic. Also, you might get
icicles on your fingers in winter!

Streetwise MOBILE PHONES


go for it!
60 Speaking on a mobile phone does Get it right
not increase your carbon footprint too
Go for it! is used to encourage much, unless you’re a real chatterbox. If We say:
people to do whatever they
you speak for an hour a day over a year, ✓ You mustn’t forget …
have to do in order to get what
it’s as bad as flying from London to New
they want! ✗ You mustn’t to forget …
65 York. However, the indirect cost is much
A: I’m thinking of getting a
motorbike! higher because of the energy required
B: I think you should, go for it! to power the network. Texting or using a
landline is a lower-carbon alternative.

going up in smoke unit 2 19


Vocabulary
a b c

Environmental problems
d e f
1 Match the words in the box with the photos.
a – pollution

deforestation  electricity gas global warming g h i


oil  pollution solar panels waste wind turbines

2 Complete the sentences with words from Exercise 1.


1 Power stations are a major source of air pollution.
2 are used to generate renewable energy 5   1.11 Listen and check your answers.
from the sun.
3 and are both fossil fuels. 6 Make sentences from the box. There may be more than
4 is an example of man-made climate one possibility.
change caused by greenhouse gases. Burning fossil fuels causes air pollution.
5 use the wind to generate .
a massive waste
6 Plastic packaging is a major problem for 1 Burning fossil fuels
problem.
the environment. 2 Deforestation
air pollution.
7 The ecosystem of the rainforest is seriously damaged 3 G reenhouse gases
by . causes global warming.
4 Man-made
damages more extreme
climate change
3 Choose the word which does not belong in the group. weather.
5 Too much helps
1 fossil fuels: the ecosystem.
packaging is leading to
oil solar power gas to protect the
6 Using public lead to
2 sources of energy: environment.
transport
power stations solar panels deforestation you to reduce
7 Using renewable
3 renewable energy: your carbon
energy
wind power solar power electricity footprint.
4 environmental problems:
renewable energy deforestation 7   Work with a partner. Compare your answers to
man-made climate change Exercise 6. Decide which sentences describe a problem
5 waste: and what the solution could be.
packaging global warming greenhouse gases A: Burning fossil fuels causes air pollution. This is a problem.
B: Yes, what should we do about it?
Tip A: Perhaps we could use electric cars.
Stress normally goes on the syllable before these
endings: -ic; -ity; -al; -ical; -ion PV

8 Complete the sentences with the verbs and particles in


the box.
Pronunciation: word stress
bang for put up takes eat
4 Decide where the word stress is placed in the words in B.
go  up off get around out
Draw the stress patterns.
A B
1 4x4 vehicles like this one really eat up petrol.
1 electric ● ● ● electricity ●● ●●●
2 I often switch on the computer to a few emails
2 environment ● ● ● ● environmental before breakfast.
3 climate ● ● climatic 3 If you really want to buy an electric car, it!
4 science ● ● scientific 4 Meat production a huge amount of resources.
5 ecology ● ● ● ● ecological 5 Some companies deposit waste in Africa to
6 economy ● ● ● ● economical restrictions in European countries.
7 transport ● ● transportation 6 The high price of solar panels might many
8 generate ● ● ● generation customers.
9 deforested ● ● ● ● deforestation

20 unit 2 going up in smoke


Listening Unit 2
A quiz

1 You will hear a quiz about reducing your 4 1.13Listen to Question 1 from the quiz again
carbon footprint. Which topics do you think will be and complete the sentences. Write no more than three
mentioned? Discuss with a partner. words for each space. Compare with a partner.
1 In Western Europe, the average person produces over
Tip 15 tons of every year.
Remember to focus on meaning. Think about 2 This is as much as China produces every year.
what the speaker means, not just individual words 3 How can we our carbon footprint?
and phrases.
4 To save paper, we should stop things.

2 1.12 Listen to the quiz. Were your answers to


5 1.14 Listen again and check the answers to the
quiz questions.
Exercise 1
correct? Now match a fact from the list with each
question. There is one fact which you do not need to use. Idioms
Question 1 a Western Europe is worse than the United
States at this. 6 Read these extracts from the quiz. Match the idoms in
Question 2 b People are doing this more, not less. bold with their meanings.

Question 3 c This solution won’t have much effect. 1 But saving paper is a drop in the ocean

Question 4 d People don’t do much of this. 2 … your carbon footprint goes through the roof

e Avoid using items brought from far away. 3 … but the savings you make will go up in smoke
4 … there is no sign that the tide is turning

Tip a spoiled or wasted (be destroyed by burning)


Listen carefully to what the speaker says before b rising to a very high level
guessing an answer. c reversing events
d a small amount compared to what is needed

3 1.12 Listen again. Choose the best answer


according to the information in the quiz. Streetwise
1 In which place do people produce fewer greenhouse
gases per person? in fact
a Western Europe c China In fact is often used to add emphasis to what
b the United States d Bangladesh you are saying.
No, I don’t work, In fact, I’ve never had a job!
2 How can a person change their diet to reduce their
carbon footprint?
a By buying hot drinks.
7 What could you do to reduce your carbon
b By eating more dairy products.
footprint? Compare your ideas with a partner.
c By stopping eating meat.
d By eating and drinking less. Reflection
3 Why are long haul flights bad for the environment?
a Because all food is transported by plane. 8 What helped you understand the listening?
b Because one long-haul flight can produce more gas • Thinking about the topic before listening.
than heating a home for a year.
• Focussing on meaning.
c Because everybody in Western Europe takes a long-
haul flight every year.
• Listening for specific information.

d Because they produce a lot of smoke.


4 How is car ownership changing?
a Fewer people are buying cars.
b Fewer car owners means less fuel consumption.
c People are less dependent on cars nowadays.
d More people are using cars.
going up in smoke unit 2 21
Grammar

Modal verbs
Can, could, be able to Must, have to, should, need
1 For each group of sentences, match a – c with the 4 Complete the text with the verbs in the box. Each verb
three kinds of meaning in the box. is used twice.

ability possibility permission must mustn’t have to don’t have to

1 a You can help yourself to food and drinks.


If we want to stop global warming,
b You can see Mars if you look carefully!
we 1 must be more aware of the
c You can do it if you try! consequences of all our actions. We
2 a You can’t play the piano, can you? 2 consider even simple things
b You can’t be 18 years old already! like hand washing - we 3 use
more than one paper towel. In fact,
c You can’t go out till you’ve done your homework!
we 4 dry our hands at all. We
3 a Could I borrow your bike for an hour? all 5 eat more local food, but
b That story could be true! above all, we 6 eat food which
c I could swim when I was five. has been transported by plane. And
remember, don’t take your car out if
4 a I couldn’t go inside the mosque wearing shorts.
you 7 . We 8 all use public
b I couldn’t drive until I was 25.
transport more frequently.
c It couldn’t have been easy.

2 Answer the questions about the sentences in Exercise 1. 5 Which of the verbs in Exercise 4 could be replaced by
should or shouldn’t? Which verb could be replaced by
1 Which sentences refer to the present and which refer
needn’t or don’t need to?
to the past?
2 In which sentences could you replace the verb in bold: 6 Complete the rules below with the verbs from Exercises
• with may? • with a form of be allowed to? 4 and 5.
• with a form of be able to? • with a form of must? 1 Use must or to talk about an obligation and
strong advice.
3 What’s the future form of 1b?
2 Use to talk about weak advice.
4 How could you rewrite 4c using difficult?
3 Use to say there is no obligation or necessity.
4 Use or to say there’s an obligation not
Tip to do something.
When we say that someone did something in
a specific situation, we use was / were able to or
managed to. Liam managed to reduce his carbon
footprint by only travelling by plane once a year.
Tip
There is no past form of must for obligation. Use
had to instead.
3 Complete the sentences with the verbs in the box.

be able to can could could have manage to was able to Get it right
1 Climate change could cause sea levels to rise. We say:
2 The fire crew put out the forest fire after ✓ I had to get up early.
three days. ✗ I must had got up early.
3 Did you identify the cause of the disaster?
4 Driving a car causes pollution which damage
the environment. See Language reference on pages 95-96.
5 Hopefully, in the future, we’ll recharge electric
cars at any filling station.
6 You should be more careful – you fallen over!

See Language reference on pages 94-95.

22 unit 2 going up in smoke


Unit 2

7 Rewrite the sentences keeping the same meaning. 9 Complete the sentences with the modal verbs in the box.
Use the correct form of the word in brackets.
1 You’re not obliged to say anything. (have) couldn’t have  might not  can’t  must have
You don’t have to say anything. could have  may not might
2 You’re not allowed to say anything. (must)
1 Jenny isn’t feeling well. She may not go out tonight,
3 I needn’t have worried. (have)
she’d like to, but she’s going to see how she feels later.
4 It’s not necessary for me to get up early. (need)
2 Make sure you take your coat. It be cold
5 I advise you not to travel without insurance. (should) later.
6 I need you to step out of the car, sir! (must) 3 There be enough time to stop for coffee
7 I was wrong to be so rude to her. (should) – we’re already a bit late.
8 I was obliged to repeat the exercise five times. (have) 4 You’ve just had lunch – you be hungry
already!
Must, might, could, may, can’t 5 Jamie got an enormous electricity bill last
year – he never puts the heating on any more!
8 Read the situation and the deductions. Then answer 6 He was really lucky – he lost all of his
the questions. money in that card game.
On the first mission to Mars, an astronaut is surprised 7 We found his house without the map, it
when he finds a footprint… would have been impossible!
Alex: Somebody must have been there before him.
10   Work with a partner. Make deductions about
Ben: It might not be a footprint.
the situations.
Carla: He may be mistaken.
1 You phone a friend, but you get a message that says,
David: He could have walked in a circle. ‘This number is not available’.
Emma: It can’t be the first mission to Mars. 2 You get an email from a bank saying they have some
Fiona: There couldn’t have been anybody there before! money for you.
1 Which speakers are sure about their deductions? 3 You wake up one morning and notice something
Which verbs do they use? strange – there are no birds singing.
2 Which speakers are just suggesting possibilities? Which 4 You notice that there are a lot of dead fish in the river.
verbs do they use? 5 A TV programme stops in the middle and an announcer
3 What form of the verb is used to refer to the past? says that the president will address the nation.
4 What is the negative equivalent of each verb? When is
not contracted to n't?

Tip
Use can’t, or couldn't, not mustn’t, might not or may
not to say something is not possible.
It can't be the first mission to Mars!
He couldn't have found a footprint - it's impossible!

See Language reference on pages 95-96.

going up in smoke unit 2 23


Vocabulary

Word roots
1 Look at the picture of the words with the roots trans and Tip
port. Which root means carry and which means across? Two-syllable nouns usually have stress on the
Are these similar to words in your language? first syllable. Two-syllable verbs often have stress on
the second syllable. For example, (noun) PROduce,
TRANSFORM
TRANSLATE (verb) proDUCE.
IMPORT EXPORT
TRANSATLANTIC
TRANSFER REPORT
TRANSPLANT
Pronunciation: nouns and verbs
AIRPORT
6   1.15 Listen and say if you hear a word from row A or
row B.

TRANS / PORT A noun ● ● B verb ● ●


2 Complete the sentences with words from Exercise 1. EXport exPORT
1 You can transplant an organ. PROduce proDUCE
2 You can money to another bank account. INcrease inCREASE
3 You can a crime to the police. OBject obJECT
4 You can a sentence into another language. CONtract conTRACT
5 A country can or products. PREsent preSENT
6 You can your appearance and look
completely different.
7   Work with a partner. Take turns to say words
7 You can take a flight from any major from the table in Exercise 6. The other person must say
. if it’s from row A or row B.

3   Work with a partner. Look at the word roots and Decide if the words in bold are nouns or verbs and
8
think of words that you know with these letters in them. then draw the stress pattern.
1 crease – 2 duc 4 sen 1 Nigeria’s exports ( ● ● ) include palm oil and copper.
decrease 3 ject 5 tract They also export( ● ● ) a lot of oil.

See Language reference on page 94.


2 Iceland’s agricultural produce ( ) isn’t massive,
but they do produce ( ) a lot of bananas in
Match part of the words from Box A with the other part greenhouses.
4
of the word form Box B to make new words. 3 There’s been a massive increase ( ) in house prices
but wages have hardly increased ( ) at all.

im pro in ob con pre
4 Museums are full of stolen objects ( ), but nobody
A seems to object ( ).
5 We’ve seen the volume of sales contract ( ) over
tract duce ject port crease sent B the past year, and there are no new contracts ( )
coming up.
5 Write the correct words from Exercise 4 for these noun 6 They often present ( ) guests with a small present
definitions. ( ) which is always beautifully wrapped.
1 goods bought by one country from another
import 9   1.16 Listen and check your answers. Practise
2 a rise in the amount or size of something saying the sentences.
3 a thing that you can see or touch but that is not usually 10   Talk about your country. Answer the questions.
living
1 What are the main exports? Where are they produced?
4 a legal document that states and explains a formal How are they transported?
agreement between different people or groups
2 What does your country import? Where is it imported
5 food or any other substance or material that is grown or from? How is it transported?
obtained through farming
3 Which economic activities are on the increase? Which
6 something that you are given, without asking for it, on a are decreasing?
special occasion, especially to show friendship, or to say
thank you

24 unit 2 going up in smoke


Speaking Unit 2
Having a discussion Life skill
Skills
Wise use of resources
1 Look at the photo. Why do you think there are
so many cars? Discuss with a partner.

2 Read and listen to the dialogue where two people are talking about the
1.17
environment. What do they conclude?
David: Everybody's talking about what can be done to save the environment these days.
What do you think we should do?
Angela: I think we should ban the private car and use public transport instead.
David: I’m not so sure about that. There are lots of places you can’t get to on public transport.
Angela: OK, that’s a good point. But if people didn’t have cars, there would be more Identifying the problem
demand for public transport, so it would improve.
Discuss with a partner.
David: I still think we need cars. It’s difficult to carry heavy things like furniture on the bus.
1 What do you think the
Angela: You’re right, I hadn’t thought of that! But there must be a way around that
message in the picture is?
problem. How about a taxi-van service?
Why do you think this person
David: You must be joking! Maybe we could all use electric cars. They’re cleaner.
has left the water running?
Angela: That’s true, but the electricity is made in a power station, and they create more 2 Clean water is a valuable
greenhouse gases.
resource. List the
David: You’re right, of course. But we’ll never persuade people to give up their cars. ways in which people
Angela: Perhaps not, but at least we can try! sometimes waste it.

3 Find phrases in the conversation for the following functions: Suggesting a solution
1 introducing a 3 saying someone has 5 disagreeing strongly Compare with a partner.
point of view made a good point 6 agreeing
3 What can we do to reduce
2 disagreeing politely 4 making a suggestion
water waste on a personal
level? What can institutions
Useful language and governments do
Saying you Making a to waste less water?
Disagreeing Agreeing Concluding
don’t know suggestion
I disagree (entirely) Good thinking! I really don’t How Maybe
What about you?
I don’t agree (with you) I didn’t think know. about …? not, but …
Tell your partner or the class.
I see what you of that / hadn’t I’m afraid I Perhaps … OK, so we’ve 4 In what ways do you use
mean, but … thought of that. can’t make decided water every day? Do you
I quite agree. up my mind. that …
I’m (not) sure that’s ever waste water? How
a good idea. That’s a good I’m not sure So, have could you personally waste
point. what would we agreed less? What other resources
No way!*
be best. on …?
You must be joking!* That’s true. do you use every day?
You’re right.

Wise use
Tip of resources
Be careful when you disagree with someone. Only use strong expressions When we need water, it’s
(see * above) with someone you know very well. easy - we simply turn on the
tap. But watch out – when
4 Choose a topic related to saving the environment from the list below, or choose a something is easy to get,
different one. Make some notes on your point of view. it’s also easy to waste. ‘Easy

• Stop importing fruit and vegetables


come, easy go’, as they say!

• Limit people’s use of mobile phones Remember: don’t just consume


your resources, think about
• Stop supermarkets from giving out plastic bags
how to conserve them too!
5 Work with a partner. Have a discussion like the one in Exercise 2 on the topic
you prepared in Exercise 4.

going up in smoke unit 2 25


Writing

An opinion essay
Writing task: write an opinion essay on one of the following topics. (120 – 150 words).
A Carbon footprints C Greenhouse gases
B Plastics D Saving the environment

According to reports, there is a massive island of


waste plastic the size of California floating in the Pacific Ocean.
Modern society produces waste faster than it can decompose.
In my opinion, this is an ecological disaster and I really feel
that part of the responsibility lies with supermarkets.
First of all, I think supermarkets should be banned from using too
much plastic in unnecessary packaging. They put fruit in a plastic
box, and then put the box in a plastic bag. In my view, they should
only be allowed to use the minimum packaging necessary.
Secondly, supermarkets give away too many plastic bags.
Shoppers are partly to blame for this, and I strongly believe that
they should take their own bags with them to the supermarket.
In addition, the shops should pay a tax on each bag they give away.
In conclusion, I think that waste plastic is an environmental problem caused
partly by shopping. To my mind, the government must do something to
force supermarkets to reduce the amount of waste they produce.

1 Read the essay. Decide which topic (A – D) the essay


is about and who, according to the writer, is mainly
Writing builder
responsible for the problem.
4 Complete the text with the words in the box.
2 Read the essay again. Which paragraph deals with the
points a – d below? Locate the information in the essay. linking opinion summarising support topic

a Specific problem 2 and a solution


When you write an opinion essay, you should give
b An introduction to the problem a general introduction to the 1 topic in the first
c Conclusion paragraph. In the second paragraph, you should make
d Specific problem 1 and a solution a point in 2 of your opinion. Make sure you use
3 words and phrases to order your points and
3 Study the language in the essay. Find an example of prepare the reader for what is going to come next. In
the following: the third paragraph, you should make a second point
in support of your 4 . And finally, in the last
1 the present tense for a current situation
paragraph, conclude by 5 your opinion.
2 adverbs to intensify opinions
3 words and phrases for obligation
4 phrases to clearly introduce an opinion

Tip
Use appropriate phrases to sequence your points
so that your writing flows properly.

26 unit 2 going up in smoke


Unit 2

Signpost Write!
Writers use signposts to help the reader follow the stages
in their arguments, for example, by using the highlighted 7 Write an opinion essay (120 – 150 words).
words and phrases first of all, secondly, in addition
and in conclusion.
Steps

5 Complete the paragraph using signposts to help your STEP 1: Getting ideas
reader follow the stages in your argument.
• Work with a partner. Choose a topic from Exercise 1 or 6.
I think we need to do something about saving energy.
1 , we should make sure we switch lights off when
• Brainstorm opinions and solutions.

we leave a room. 2 , we should reduce the amount • Write notes of some adverbs you could use.
of time we use air conditioners. 3 , saving energy in • Write notes in an essay structure box like this.
the home can help reduce our carbon footprint.
General First point Second Conclusion
introduction (paragraph 2) point (paragraph 4)
Improve your writing (paragraph 1) (paragraph 3)

6 Write short paragraphs on these environmental problems.


Give your opinions and add a conclusion. Use the STEP 2: Organising your ideas
signposts in Exercise 5. and writing a first draft
1 We waste too much electricity.
2 We need to do something about pollution. • Write a first draft of your opinion essay.

3 We should think more about food. • Use some expressions from Exercise 5.

4 We need to be more careful about the amount of • Use the structure for an opinion essay.
water we use. STEP 3: Reviewing your writing
5 We don’t recycle enough.
• Reread your first draft and answer these questions.
1 Have you followed the correct sequence in Exercise 2?
Useful language 2 Have you used some intensifying adverbs?
As I see it … 3 Have you used phrases to clearly introduce your
I feel (that) … opinion?
I strongly believe (that) … 4 Have you used some signposts to introduce the
I think (that) … stages in your essay?
In conclusion … / To conclude, I would say … 5 Is your grammar, spelling and punctuation correct?
In my opinion … 6 Does each sentence lead smoothly to the next?
In my view … STEP 4: Writing a final draft
To my mind …
• Recheck your work before handing it in.
• Write a brief note to your teacher about why you
chose this topic.

See Writing guide on page 101.

going up in smoke unit 2 27


Review

Environmental problems Must, might, could, may, can't


1 Complete the text with the words in the box. There are 5 Match the beginnings of the sentences with the
two words you don’t need. endings.
1– b
climate deforestation ecosystem fossil global
greenhouse renewable solar stations turbines 1 Answer the phone – a be five o’clock already!
it might b be something
Experts are predicting that sea levels will rise as a result 2 Call later – they may important.
of man-made 1 climate change leading to 2
3 I don’t believe it – c have gone out.
warming. This warming is caused by 3 gases which it can’t d have told you that
are released from many sources, but especially the burning
4 It’s obvious – I could myself.
of 4 fuels. Scientists have been investigating ways of
generating 5 energy by wind 6 and 7 5 There’s no one in – e not have finished
panels, but it will be a long time before these are a viable they must eating yet.
alternative to conventional power 8 .

Pronunciation awareness
Word roots
6 Choose the correct word.
2 Complete the sentences with words formed from the
beginnings and endings below. 1 It’s my great honour to (PREsent / preSENT) Dr Jacobsen.
beginnings: de in ob pre trans 2 What’s that strange (OBject / obJECT) in the garden?
endings: crease crease ject late sent 3 We can’t begin work until we’ve received the (CONtract
/ conTRACT).
1 He believes he’s seen an unidentified flying object!
4 We (EXport / exPORT) all our best fruit and consume
2 There’s been a massive population over the lower quality stuff here.
the last century.
5 How much pollution does an electric car (PROduce /
3 You need to people with the facts and let proDUCE)?
them make up their own minds.
6 There’s been a (DEcrease / deCREASE) in real wages
4 Can you help me this article from English over the last five years.
to Spanish, please?
5 There’s been a in their market share this
year – they’re not doing very well.
Signposts in writing
Can, could, be able to 7 Complete the paragraphs with appropriate signposts
to help the reader follow the arguments.
3 Write a sentence with the same meaning using the 1 In my opinion, I believe we need to think about how
word given. we can save water. 1 First of all, we should turn
the tap off when we are cleaning our teeth. 2 ,
1 I couldn’t finish the exam in time. MANAGE we should collect rainwater and use it on our plants.
I didn’t manage to finish the exam in time. 3 , saving water at home can help us preserve
2 They didn’t manage to reach the summit. ABLE this limited resource.
3 You must be really angry about it. PLEASED 2 I strongly believe we should do something about
reducing the amount of paper we use. 4 , when
Must, have to, should, need we do use paper, we should use both sides. 5 ,
we should make sure we recycle any magazines or
4 Complete the sentences with the words in the box. newspapers we read. 6 , we should recycle
and think before we print if we want to protect the
had to have to mustn’t needn’t environment.

1 You mustn’t park on the double yellow lines.


2 Everything was fine – I have worried.
3 I couldn’t buy one pot of yoghurt – I buy four.
4 You don’t go if you don’t want to.

28 unit 2 going up in smoke


Review 1 1/2
Units

Grammar
Present and imperative can, could, be able to,
1 Choose the correct option. must, have to, should, need
1 What (are you doing / have you been doing / do you
do) since we last met? 4 Rewrite the sentences keeping the same meaning
using the words in brackets.
2 Slow down – (you drive / you’re driving / drive) too fast!
1 I couldn’t get through on the phone. (manage)
3 If you’re hungry, (make / you make / you’re making)
I didn’t manage to get through on the phone.
yourself a sandwich!
2 Max couldn’t answer all the questions. (able)
4 I (have not been feeling / don’t feel / am not feeling)
well over the last few days. 3 Malaria pills aren’t necessary in Spain. (have to)
5 Why (don’t you take / haven’t you taken / aren’t you 4 Don’t worry about getting a visa. (need)
taking) your pill yet? 5 We’d better leave immediately. (should)
6 Martin always (books / is booking / has booked) a 6 You aren’t allowed to use your phone during the flight.
hotel before he goes on a trip. (mustn’t)
7 It was necessary for me to wait half an hour. (had to)
Past 8 I was unable to understand anything she said.
(couldn’t)
2 Put the verbs in the best tense – past simple, past 9 You’ll have to be more careful next time. (must)
continuous or past perfect.
10 It would have been better if I hadn’t said that!
When I 1 was travelling (travel) in South (shouldn’t)
America, I 2 (visit) the Galapagos Islands. I
3 (arrive), there by plane and found that all
of the hotels were full. Unfortunately, I 4 must, might, could,
(not book) anywhere beforehand. That evening, I
5 (sit) in a café having dinner and I 6
may, can’t
(start) talking to the owner. He 7 (ask) me
where I 8 (stay) and I said I 9 (not
5 Complete the sentences using must, might, could, may
and can’t + have if necessary, and the correct form of
have) anywhere to stay. He 10 (invite) me to sleep at
his place. Next morning, he 11 (tell) me all about the one of the verbs in the box.
islands - he 12 (visit) all of them. He said his brother
13 (have) a boat and he 14 (leave) on a tour be be do give go go leave take
the next day. I 15 (go) to see his brother to ask if he
had a spare place on the tour, and he said yes – someone A: I haven’t seen David today.
16 (cancel) at the last minute, so there was a place
B: Neither have I. He 1 must have taken the day off.
available. I was so lucky – it was a fantastic trip!
A: But his car’s outside. He 2 around somewhere...

Future B: He 3 his car here overnight, I suppose.


A: He 4 that! He never goes anywhere without it!
3 Complete the sentences with a future form of the verbs B: He 5 to a bar after work and taken a taxi home.
in the box. A: No, look – his bag’s here. He 6 out for a coffee or
something.
be break do get give have not tell take B: Yes, if his bag’s here, he 7 far away.
A: I 8 him a ring and find out where he is.
1 Don’t phone between 8 and 9 o’clock, because we’ll be
having dinner.
2 If our team wins tonight, there celebrations all
over town!
3 My sister married next weekend.
4 Quick, get off the ice – it !
5 Your secret’s safe with me – I anybody!
6 What do you think you in a year from now?
7 I a year out before I go to university.
8 you me a lift to the station?

review 1 29
Review 1 1/2
Units

Vocabulary
Travel Word roots
1 Choose the correct option. 4 Complete the words in the gaps.
1 I went on a (trip/tour/voyage) of Scotland, including 1 The population increase in India is greater than in China.
Edinburgh and the Highlands. 2 I need to trans money from one bank account
2 We saw some (breathtaking/exotic/luxury) scenery in to another.
Switzerland. 3 Once she signs the con , she’ll start working.
3 Before air-travel, going to Australia meant a very long 4 Don’t forget to buy a pre for Jake. It’s his
(travel/tour/voyage) by ship. birthday next week.
4 Antarctica is famous for its (unspoilt/lush/colourful) 5 I don’t mind waiting, but I ob to being overcharged!
scenery.
6 As soon as he got on to the stage, he would trans
5 I went on a school (travel/trip/journey) last week. into another person with his wonderful acting.
6 We enjoyed some (lush/mouth-watering/breathtaking) 7 I need a car because there’s no public trans on
local dishes in Tunisia. Sundays.
7 What’s the (hotels/bedrooms/accommodation) like in 8 We ex a lot of fruit to north European countries.
Merida?
8 The countryside in England is very (breathtaking/
picturesque/fairy-tale).
Phrasal verbs
5 Complete the sentences with the correct form of the
Ways of travelling phrasal verbs in the box.

2 Complete the phrases with an alternative travel expression.


bang out get carried away check out eat up
1 By air or by plane
get around go for make up put off
2 By horse or
take back take up watch out
3 By sea or
4 by rail or
1 When you’re travelling on the underground, watch out
5 By road or
for thieves.
6 By walking or
2 He had to get his boat because the
motor was making a funny noise.
Environmental problems 3 I missed my bus stop because I with a
game on my smartphone.
3 Complete the text with the words in the box. 4 This old song always me to my
childhood.
deforestation ecosystems fossil fuels 5 Air-conditioning units really electricity.
global warming greenhouse gases packaging 6 Deleting spam from my inbox hours of
public transport renewable energy solar panels my life.
7 Massive companies often manage to
paying tax.
Like all animals, we humans depend upon the
1 environment we live in – but unfortunately we are 8 People used to write long letters but now we just
destroying it. We cut down the forests for wood and a quick email.
farmland, leading to 2 . We throw away enormous 9 We need to set an ambitious target and really
amounts of rubbish from unnecessary 3 . But worst it.
of all, we burn increasing quantities of 4 , generating 10 I had 500 pounds for my trip to Brazil, but needed 100
5 . These gases in turn lead to 6 . If we pounds more – my mum said she’d
continue like this, we will destroy the 7 on which we the difference.
depend. We must act now. We must use 8 sources 11 What me him was the way he only
such as wind power. In a sunny country like Spain, we can talked about himself and all the work he supposedly
generate a lot of energy from 9 . And we must waste does for others.
less oil – for example, don’t use a car, use 10 .

30 review 1
Unit 3
You are what you eat
UNIT OBJECTIVES
• find out about health
• read and understand a text on health

topic words: health

listen to a radio interview

grammar: conditional possibility

word building: quantities and capacities

speaking: making suggestions

writing: a proposal

life skill: stress management

Look at the photo. Talk to your


partner for one minute about what
you can see. VIDEO 1 VIDEO 2
Think about these questions:
• where do you think this photo was taken?
• what types of food are being sold?
• why do you think there is such a variety of food?
Do you have a balanced diet?

31
you are what you eat unit 3 31
Reading

7 Find synonyms for the following words and phrases


Tip in the text. Follow stages 1 – 3 in Exercise 6.
Look at the title and first paragraph to identify
the main line of argument.
1 extremely big (paragraph 2)
2 responsible for something bad (paragraph 3)
1   Look at the title, first paragraph and photos.
3 groups of people who have joined together for a
particular reason (paragraph 4)
What do you think the writer is concerned about?
Compare and discuss with a partner. 4 a sum of money (paragraph 4)
5 try to deal with something (paragraph 6)
2 Find these words in the text. What do they mean? 6 change (paragraph 6)
Translate them into your language.
8 Are the following statements true or false? Copy the
1 rate (v) 4 dashing (v) evidence from the text.
2 trend (n) 5 fluctuated (v) 1 People know they are overweight.
3 shame (n) 2 The government gives good advice.
3 Children often learn the bad habits of their parents.
3 Make a sentence using at least two of the words 4 The diet industry helps people.
in Exercise 2. 5 The diet industry is worth a lot of money.
4 Read the text quickly – in about three minutes! Choose the best answer according to the text.
9
Was your answer to Exercise 1 correct? Only one answer is possible.

5 1 Why are diets sometimes risky?


  1.18 Read the text again and listen. Put the topics
in the order they appear in the text. a Diets can make people feel guilty.
1  c a Who is responsible? b People don’t know what makes them fat.
2 b Who profits from the situation? c The body doesn’t react to dieting in the way
we expect.
3 c The current situation
d People don’t believe in dieting.
4 d Possible solutions
2 What does the government need to do to solve the
5 e Making things worse
problem?
6 f Increasing costs
a Stop making people feel responsible.
b Organise a new group of advisors.
Tip c Get more celebrities involved.
A synonym has the same or similar meaning to d Nothing. People will look after themselves.
another word or phrase. Thinking about synonyms
can help you understand a text better. 10   According to the article, why has obesity
become the new normal in Britain? Compare and
discuss with a partner.
Exam focus: finding synonyms
6 Follow stages 1 – 3 for finding synonyms in a text. Phrasal verbs
Find a synonym for the word overweight. (paragraph 1)
put on: if people or animals put weight on, they
1 Think: What does the word overweight mean? become heavier
What part of speech is it? pick up: to learn a new skill by practising it, not by
2 Find: Read the appropriate part of the text carefully to studying it
find another adjective with a similar meaning. grow up: to gradually become an adult
3 Check: Substitute the possible synonym obese for the sign up: to agree to become involved in an
given word and check the new sentence makes sense. organised activity
Read the rest of the article. If the word occurs in more sit back: to wait for something to happen without
than one sentence, check the other sentences make making any effort to do anything yourself
sense with the new word or phrase too!

32 unit 3 you are what you eat


Unit 3

OBESITY: THE NEW NORMAL?


besity has become 30 we reverse this trend, the bill will reach books and celebrity endorsements, is
the new normal in £15bn within a few decades. one of the biggest frauds of our time. In
Britain. Supposing Who is to blame for this situation? the UK, it is estimated to be worth £2bn.
you’d asked someone Up to now, politicians have been telling There is a huge amount of money to
5 fifteen years ago what weight was us that it’s our own fault. We ought 65 be made from the raising and dashing
normal, they would have given you a 35 to know what will make us fat and of people's hopes. If you look at the
much lower figure than they would exercise self-restraint. Yet it is often the scientific studies carried out on people
now. In an experiment conducted in case that overweight children have trying to lose weight, it's hard not to
1999, a thousand men and a thousand overweight parents. We pick up bad think that all the blockbuster diet gurus
10 women were asked to give their weight eating habits before we are old enough 70 are charlatans. Yet dieting may even
and rate themselves on a scale from 40 to know better. We are influenced by make the problem worse, because
very underweight to obese. When the the environment we grow up in, and in people tend to lose a few kilos only to
experiment was repeated a few years Britain today, that environment strongly put them on again afterwards. One
later, the ratings changed. What people encourages us to consume. study found that people whose weight
15 had considered to be overweight in 75 fluctuated a lot had a greater risk of
1999 is now considered to be normal. heart disease and early death than
The nation is putting on weight and we those whose weight was steady.
just don’t see it. We are in denial. If the government is to tackle the
Being overweight is not simply a obesity problem, it will have to shift the
20 matter of appearance, it is a serious 80 strategy from blaming the consumer
health issue. The costs to health services to changing the environment that
and to the world's economies of vast encourages unhealthy lifestyles. This
numbers of people becoming sick may mean, for example, taxing or even
and unable to work are increasing. The All this works to the benefit of the banning sugary drinks and unhealthy
25 National Health Service is spending 45 food industry, of course, and the food 85 snacks. It may also mean redesigning
£5bn a year treating heart attacks, industry in turn influences the politicians. our cities to encourage people to
strokes, diabetes, cancers, liver failure, Influential bodies such as the British be physically active, for example, by
hip and knee joint problems, and other Nutrition Foundation often employ making them more bicycle-friendly. But
consequences of obesity, and unless scientists who also work in industry one thing we definitely cannot do is sit
50 and often receive funds from the 90 back and allow obesity to become the

world’s largest corporations. However, new normal.


the guidance we are receiving is not
Get it right impartial.
Streetwise
We say: Making consumers feel guilty about
55 overeating evidently does not work – if tackle
✓ We are influenced by the
it did, the nation wouldn’t be putting We use tackle as a
environment.
on weight at such an alarming rate. synonym for deal with.
✗ We are influenced of the
Driven by shame and self-loathing, we If the government is to tackle
environment.
sign up to miracle diets. Yet the diet the obesity problem . . .
60 industry, with its gimmicks, motivational

you are what you eat unit 3 33


Vocabulary

Health
1 Match the words and phrases in the box with the photos. 5 For each sentence, find one mystery word which goes
a – overweight in all the gaps. For a clue, look at the collocates and
affixes in bold.
digestive system   eye infection  health service 1 You can feel sick, look rather ly, suffer
heart attack  overweight sick stomach ache from sea ness, be as as a
parrot or be and tired of something.

a b c d 2 You can be over or under


you can have a problem, you can put on
or lose .
3 You can have an eye ion, a wound
can get ed, you can clean something
with a dis ant, and a person may have
ious laughter.
e f g
4 You can use the services when you visit
the centre or be in good or
be un y.
5 You can have a ache, a ulcer
or a bug, you can have a
upset or a strong .

2 Complete the poem with the words in the box.


Pronunciation: ea
a broken heart  a heart of gold  a hearty meal 
from the bottom of your heart  good-hearted  6 The letters ea can spell different vowel sounds. Put the
words in the box in the correct place in the table. One
hand on heart  heart attacks  heart disease 
column is empty!
the heart of the matter
bear  bread breath breathe clear death disease
early fears increase learn meal meat steady
Do fizzy drinks and salty snacks
Bring 1 heart disease and 2 ? heal health heart hear heard pear
Or will they only make you fatter? /i:/ /e/ /a:/ /i / /3:/ /e /
Which brings me to 3 : bread
Can music and 4

Help 5 to heal? 7   Work with a partner. Imagine a time when


Can you tell me 6 you had a number of health problems. Decide what
You’ve been 7 from the start? happened using at least five of the words and phrases
Do you have 8 related to health on this page.
One summer, I decided to go on a ferry to England. Before
Or is your heart a little cold?
getting on the boat, I had a hearty meal of seafood …
And have you always played
your part 9 ?
8   Change partners. Tell your story to your new partner.

3   1.19 Listen and check your answers.


PV
4 Match the phrases from Exercise 2 with their meanings. Match the beginnings of the sentences with the endings.
9
1 a substantial and satisfying lunch or dinner – a hearty 1 I would never sign a back and enjoy it!
meal
2 I’ve put five kilos b eating habits up.
2 with great sincerity
3 Just relax, sit c on over Christmas.
3 in all honesty
4 Kids often pick d up in London.
4 the important part of the question their parents’ e up to evening classes.
5 a person has this if they are suffering after a love affair 5 My mother grew
has ended
6 a very kind and generous person has this

34 unit 3 you are what you eat


Listening Unit 3
A radio interview
" An apple a day
keeps the doctor away"
5 Listen to the last part of the interview and
1.22
complete the sentences. Write no more than three
words for each space. Compare with a partner.
1 She thinks she would never have if she
hadn’t eaten berries.
2 Cranberries are good because they
infections.
3 A blueberry the bacteria which causes
diarrhoea.
1 You will hear the saying above in the introduction 4 I’m going to Dublin tomorrow .
to a radio programme. What do you think it means? What 5 Ginger tea fights nausea and is migraine.
might the programme be about? Discuss with a partner.
Idioms
Tip
If you hear something which doesn’t seem to 6 Read these extracts from the interview. Match the
make sense literally, it may be an idiom. idioms in bold with their meanings. Two of them have
the same meaning.

2 1.20 Listen to the introduction. Does this confirm 1 … your eyesight should be as right as rain
your ideas? Compare and discuss with a partner. 2 … is just what you want when you’re feeling under
the weather
3 1.20Can you remember what else the interviewer 3 … have a nice raw onion before bed, you’ll sleep like
said? Compare your ideas with a partner and listen a log
again and check. 4 … is good for your mind, especially if you’re feeling
down in the dumps
4 1.21Listen to the next part of the interview. 5 … she’s always been as fit as a fiddle
Choose the best answer according to Alison Campbell.
1 How can eating carrots affect your eyesight? a to be very healthy
a It can cause eye disease. b to be unhappy
b It can reduce pain in the eyes. c to be or feel ill
c It can improve eyesight. d to sleep very well
d It can lower the possibility of eye disease. 7 Do you know any health tips usually passed on
2 If you have flu, what will eating chicken soup do? from the older generation? Compare your ideas with a
a Work on the symptoms. partner.
b Stop you getting it again.
c Cure it. Reflection
d Stop you feeling cold.
8 What helped you understand the listening?
3 What benefit do you get from eating spinach?
a It improves your memory.
• Thinking about the topic before listening.

b It helps you feel less depressed.


• Listening carefully for well-known sayings or idioms.

c It helps you think.


• Listening for specific information.

d It puts you in a good mood.


4 What does Alison Campbell say about bananas? Streetwise
a You shouldn’t eat too many.
reckon
b It’s a good idea to eat one every day for breakfast.
Reckon is a verb that we use informally meaning to
c They are a good source of zinc. think or to believe.
d You should eat one after your meal if your stomach She reckons easting berries has made her live longer.
is bad.

you are what you eat unit 3 35


Grammar

Conditional possibility
Conditional sentences 4 Modal verbs can often be used in conditional
sentences. Choose if or result clauses from the
1 Read the sentences and answer the questions. sentences in Exercise 1 to complete these sentences.
zero conditional: 1 You might need to brush your teeth if you have a nice
If you want something to protect yourself against flu, eat raw onion before bed.
plenty of onions or garlic. 2 If you can get nice and relaxed before bed,
first conditional: 3 She may never have lived so long
If you have a nice raw onion before bed, you’ll sleep like a 4 If I could eat only one fruit
log!
5 You should eat plenty of onions or garlic
second conditional:
If I were you, I’d eat bananas. Express the ideas in these sentences as conditionals.
5
third conditional:
1 Smile and the whole world smiles with you.
If she hadn’t eaten heaps of berries, she would never have
If you smile, the whole world will smile with you.
lived so long.
2 An apple a day keeps the doctor away.
1 What tenses are used in the if clauses? What tenses are
used in the result clauses? 3 Play with fire and you’ll get burnt.
2 Is the action in the if clause possible or impossible? 4 There’s no smoke without fire.
3 Which conditionals are being used to give advice? 5 Look after your pennies and the pounds will look after
Which one is used to reflect on the past? themselves.

Complete the sentences with the correct form of the 6   Work with a partner. Take turns to explain
2
verbs in brackets. problems and give advice with If I were you.
Student A: I’ve got a headache.
1 If you (want) healthy teeth,
(brush) them every day. (zero conditional) Student B: If I were you, I’d take an aspirin.
2 If you (not brush) your teeth, you
(need) a lot of fillings. (first conditional) Unless; as long as;
3 If you (brush) your teeth more often, you
(not have to) go to the dentist all the
provided that/ providing;
time. (second conditional) in case; supposing; even if;
4 If you
you
(brush) your teeth as a child,
(not lose) so many teeth. (third
otherwise
conditional)
7 Look at the words and their meanings. Read them
See Language reference on page 96. carefully. Work with a partner and test each other on
their meanings.

Mixed conditionals 1 unless: except if


2 as long as: used to say that something must happen
Read the sentences and answer the questions. before something else can happen
3
1 If you brushed your teeth, why aren’t they clean? 3 provided that/providing: if, or only if
2 If you don’t like Italian food, you wouldn’t have liked 4 in case: because of a possibility of something
what I had for lunch! happening, being needed, etc.

3 If you’d brushed your teeth more often as a child, you 5 supposing: used at the beginning of a sentence or
would have better teeth now. clause to mean 'what would happen if'
6 even if: used to say that if something is the case or not,
1 Which tenses are used in the if clauses? Which tenses the result is the same
are used in the result clauses? 7 otherwise: used after an order or suggestion to show
2 What types of conditionals are used in the sentences? what the result will be if you don’t follow the order or
3 Why are the conditional sentences mixed? suggestion

See Language reference on pages 96-97. See Language reference on page 96.

36 unit 3 you are what you eat


Unit 3

8 Complete the text with the words and phrases in the 11 Choose the correct option.
box. There may be more than one possibility. 1 You’ll be fine (in case / as long as / unless) you do as I
tell you.
as long as even if in case otherwise
2 Take an umbrella (in case / as long as / even if ) it rains.
provided providing supposing unless
3 You’ll be all right (in case / provided / unless) you do
something really stupid.
4 I’ll take some bags of ginger tea with me (in case / as
long as / even if ) I get seasick.
5 (In case / Supposing / Unless) I can’t find a taxi – what
shall I do then?
6 (In case / Supposing / Unless) it rains, we’ll have lunch
outside.
7 (Otherwise / Providing / Unless) you don’t eat too
much of it, any food you enjoy is fine.
8 Take a warm coat, (otherwise / supposing / unless)
you’ll freeze!
Who’s afraid of chicken? 9 You should wash your hands before eating, (in case /
even if / provided) you use a knife and fork.
Approximately two thirds of the raw chickens
sold in the UK are contaminated with the bacteria Get it right
campylobacter, which can cause serious food
poisoning. Around 300,000 people are infected each
We say:
year. So 1 supposing you enjoy eating chicken –
what should you do? Well, according to food-health ✓ Take an umbrella in case it rains.
experts, there’s no need to panic, 2 that you ✗ Take an umbrella in case it will rain.
follow some simple guidelines:
• it’s safe to eat chicken 3 you cook it properly. 12 Make sentences from the box.
• it may have bacteria on it 4 you have washed it. I always take a credit card in case I run out of cash.
• do not eat the chicken 5 you are sure it is
properly cooked. 1 I always take a a you’ve got
credit card a headache.
• clean kitchen surfaces after preparing the chicken
6 they have been contaminated. 2 I never drink beer b you’re feeling
tired.
• it is safe to handle the chicken 7 you wash 3 She’s afraid to
your hands thoroughly afterwards. fall in love c you have an
in case
4 Take a first-aid kit accident.
Don’t forget to follow these guidelines carefully, if
8 you might get ill! 5 Take an aspirin d you get
hungry later.
6 Take some
sandwiches e she gets broken-
9 1.23 Listen and check your answers. with you hearted again.
7 You should f I’m driving.
10 Rewrite the sentences using unless. go to bed g I run out of cash.
1 If we don’t reverse this trend, the bill will reach £15bn
within a few decades.
Unless we reverse this trend, the bill will reach £15bn
13 Use your own ideas to complete these sentences,
within a few decades. then compare with a partner.

2 If she hadn’t eaten heaps of berries, she would never 1 Unless somebody else is paying …
have lived so long. 2 I always carry my phone in case …
3 Let’s have an omelette, if you haven’t got a better idea. 3 I don’t mind cooking, as long as …
4 He’ll be at risk of heart disease if he doesn’t lose weight. 4 I don’t mind the cold weather, provided …
5 I can’t think in the morning if I don’t have a cup or two 5 Supposing you miss your flight – …?
of coffee. 6 I wouldn’t be where I am today if …

you are what you eat unit 3 37


Vocabulary

Quantities and capacity


Quantities
Streetwise
1 Match the words in the box with the photos.
piles of money
Expressions about quantities are often an exaggeration
dozen  drop heap kilo
rather than literally true. For example, piles of money
load pile teaspoonful tonne
means a lot of money, not literally in large piles.
She’s got piles of money, but no sense!
a – load
a b c d
6 Complete the sentences with a phrase from Exercise 2.

1 TON 1 No need to hurry – we’ve got loads of time.


2 He spent and a lot of it wasn’t even his!
3 are overweight and don’t even know it.
e f g h 4 She’s in now – she’s crashed her dad’s car!

Pronunciation: of
7 The of in phrases like the ones in Exercise 2 is
pronounced very weakly. It may sound like a or er.
2   1.24 Listen to the phrases made from the words in Decide what the badly spelt phrases below are.
the table.
1 a piece a cake – 5 lotsa money
quantities a piece of cake 6 a spotter trouble
amount(s) 2 a cuppa tea 7 a bowler cherries
bricks
cup 3 a loader rubbish 8 a playta food
coffee
dozen(s) 4 a boxer chocolates
A eggs
drop(s)
an homework
two
heap(s)
honey Capacity
kilo(s)
three milk
load(s) of 8 Complete the sentences with the quantities in the box.
a few money
number(s) (nothing) Notice the verbs in bold.
a small people
pile(s)
vast rain
spot(s) 10 tons  three gigabytes 
huge rubbish
spoonful(s) four people  90,000 people
(nothing) sugar
teaspoonful(s)
time
thousand(s) 1 This recipe serves four people.
trouble
tonne(s) 2 This USB stick holds of data.
3 Wembley Stadium holds .
3 Work with a partner. Try to remember the phrases you
heard in Exercise 2.
4 This truck can take up to of material.

amount – huge amounts of money 9 Work with a partner. Prepare at least five quiz questions
from the box.
4 The phrases below are not possible. Explain why.
1 dozens of sugar 5 vast numbers of How much people will (you decide) hold?
sugar is not countable money How many litres of does take?
2 a pile of milk 6 a small amount of … do serve?
3 a teaspoonful of eggs people kilos of seat?
4 a huge spot of rain 7 a vast kilo of eggs …

5 Make other possible phrases from the table in Exercise 2. How many people will the Bernabeu Stadium hold?
a tonne of homework
10   Ask your quiz questions to the rest of the class.

38 unit 3 you are what you eat


Speaking Unit 3
Making suggestions Life skill
Skills
Dealing with nervousness
1 Look at the photo. How similar or during a test
different is this food to the food you eat? What
would you do if you were offered this food in Identifying the problem
somebody’s house? Discuss with a partner.
Discuss with a partner.
2 Read and listen to the conversation. What does Ana decide to take to
1.25 1 What do you think is
Germany in the end? happening in the photo?
Ana: I’ve been invited to stay with a offended. They’d be more offended if you How is the girl feeling?
family in Germany over the summer, but started cooking your own packet food 2 What situations do people
I’m worried about the diet over there. instead of eating with them! often feel stressed in? How
They eat lots of sausages and things, and Ana: I know. I just think it’s an can stress be a problem?
I don’t eat meat. embarrassing situation, that’s all. Think of personal feelings,
Pablo: Are you a vegetarian? Pablo: Nonsense! In any case, supposing health, social relationships
Ana: No, but if I eat meat, I get a bad they’re vegetarian – then all this worry and task performance.
stomach ache. It’ll appear rude if I refuse will have been for nothing! No, if I were
their food. you, I would just tell them straight. Suggesting a solution
Pablo: Look, if I were you, I’d just tell Ana: Yes, I guess you’re right. Do you
Compare with a partner.
them. Why don’t you send them an think I should take a gift from here?
email and explain politely that you can’t Some typical food, for example? 3 What strategies can you
eat meat for health reasons. Pablo: Good idea. How about some
think of for avoiding stress
Ana: I’d better take lots of packet food Serrano ham? or for dealing with it?
with me, just in case! Ana: But supposing they’re vegetarian? What about you?
Pablo: No, that’s a load of rubbish! As long Pablo: Oh, stop worrying about
as you’re honest about it, they won’t be everything! Tell your partner or the class.
4 What situations do
3 Find phrases in the conversation for the following functions: you personally find
1 introducing a 3 introducing what 4 strongly rejecting most stressful? How
problem you would do in an idea do you deal with it?
2 introducing a the situation 5 agreeing with
consequence a suggestion

Useful language
Disagreeing
Making suggestions Accepting advice
(informally, with a friend)
… for example? No, that’s a load of rubbish. Good idea.
How about … Nonsense! Yes, I guess you’re right.
If I were you, I’d … Yes, why not?
I think you should …
Why don’t you …
Stress
management
Tip We can’t avoid stressful
Give more than one suggestion when you’re asked for advice. If you don't agree situations in life, and in one
with a piece of advice, explain why.
way, they are good because they
force us to take action. However,
4 Work with a partner. Choose a situation and make notes on what advice you we need strategies to overcome
would give somebody. stress if we are to be happy and
• Getting fit • Cooking for vegetarians successful.
• Eating a healthy diet • Advising a friend who is overweight Remember: if you don’t control
stress, stress will control you!
5 Work with a different partner and have a conversation like the one in Exercise 2.
Take turns to give advice for the situation you chose in Exercise 4.

you are what you eat unit 3 39


Writing

A proposal
Writing task: your town has been awarded a large amount of lottery money to make it a healthier place to live.
The local council has decided to have a competition to decide on the best way to use the money. Write a proposal
with your suggestions. (120 – 150 words).

INTRODUCTION THE PROPOSAL


The aim of this proposal is We suggest that there should be more
to present a plan to make organised sporting events and better sports
Chester a healthier place to facilities. Sporting events could include fun
live. Furthermore, the main runs and cycle races, perhaps once a month.
idea is that people should The principal streets could be closed to traffic
be encouraged to be more for these events. On top of that, the facilities
physically active. could include a better network of cycle paths.
In addition to this, there could be free exercise
BACKGROUND machines and running tracks in all parks.
We believe the population is
not sufficiently active and this CONCLUDING REMARKS
has led to an obesity problem. Not Chester’s population is not sufficiently
only has it led to poor health, but active, and our proposal is intended to
it has also put a huge strain on the improve this situation. Clearly, it will be
health services in terms of staff and expensive to implement. However, we
costs. If people did more exercise, believe that, eventually, it will pay for itself
the situation would improve. with real savings to the health service.

1 Read the task and the report. What’s the main 4 Study the language in the report. Find an example of
advantage of the writer’s proposal? each of the following:
1 a comparative 4 could (possibility)
2 Choose the paragraph sub-heading for each of the
2 should 5 will (future)
points below. Find the information in the proposal.
3 a conditional
a introducing the purpose of the proposal
b
c
explaining the problem
expanding on the problem
Writing builder
d introducing a solution 5 Complete the text with the words in the box.
e giving additional detail (2)
f stating a positive result background clearly problem restate solution

When you are rewriting a proposal or report, you should


state your purpose 1 clearly and concisely so that
Tip the reader knows immediately what you are writing
Use a formal style when you write a proposal.
about. In the second paragraph, you should give some
2 information on your proposal so that the reader
3 How are these ideas expressed more formally in the has a better understanding of the 3 . In the third
report? paragraph, offer a 4 to the problem and include
any costs that might be involved. In the concluding
1 I’m writing this report to … paragraph, 5 the problem and the solution
2 I think the population is lazy … you are suggesting.
3 Why not (have more organised sporting events?)
4 Let’s close the main streets.
Tip
5 But we think … Help your reader identify additional points by
6 As you can see, … using signposts.

40 unit 3 you are what you eat


Unit 3

Signpost Write!
Writers use signposts to help the reader identify
additional points by using words and phrases such as: 8 Write a proposal on how to make your school a
furthermore, not only … but … also, on top of that, and healthier place to be. (120 – 150 words).
in addition to.

Steps
6 Complete the sentences using signposts to help
your reader identify additional points. Choose from STEP 1: Getting ideas
furthermore, not only … but … also, on top of that and in
addition. There may be more than one possibility.
• Work with a partner. Brainstorm ideas to describe the
current situation and proposals for making it better.
1 Cookery classes will show people how they can
prepare healthy food at home. This will also help
• Write a note of some structures you could use.

people become less stressed. , they will • Write notes in an essay structure box like this.
have a stronger resistance to colds and flu.
Introduction Background Proposals Concluding
2 Invite local sports personalities to show off their remarks
talents. will this get people away from
sitting in front of a computer, it might
encourage them to join a sports club. ,
people might make new friends. STEP 2: Organising your ideas
3 We could give people easier access to drinking and writing a first draft
water in public places. , we could even
replace fizzy drinks machines with water machines. • Write a first draft of your proposal.
. • Add section headings.
• Use some expressions from Exercise 6.
Improve your writing STEP 3: Reviewing your writing
7 Look at the suggestions for healthy living below. • Reread your first draft and answer these questions.
Choose two and add three pieces of additional detail. 1 Have you followed the sequence in Exercise 2?
Use the signposts furthermore, not only … but… also,
2 Have you used some of the structures in Exercise 3?
on top of that and in addition to.
3 Have you used some signposts to help your reader?
1 Deliver healthy eating magazines to people’s houses
4 Is your grammar, spelling and punctuation correct?
once a month.
5 Have you used a consistently formal style?
2 Provide fun exercise classes to get people to the gym.
6 Does each sentence move smoothly to the next?
3 Organise regular walking groups in the countryside.
4 Set up evening classes on healthy living. STEP 4: Writing a final draft
5 Plan to open an indoor swimming pool.
• Recheck your work before handing it in.
• Write a brief note to your teacher about why you
chose these suggestions.

See Writing guide on page 102.

Useful language
Introducing Explain and expand Introducing a Adding
Concluding
the purpose on background facts course of action information
The aim of this This has led to … We suggest that … Furthermore … Clearly, …
report is to … This, in turn, has … In addition to …
The main idea is … Not only … but (…) also
On top of that …

you are what you eat unit 3 41


Review

Health Unless; as long as;


1 Complete the text with the words in the box.
provided that / providing;
in case; supposing; even if;
bug hearty indigestion parrot sick
stomach unhealthy weight otherwise
When I was on holiday, I ate some seafood from a beach 4 Match the beginnings of the sentences with the endings.
restaurant. I immediately got a pain in my 1 stomach, 1–c
and I thought it was 2 . I went back to the hotel 1 Mushrooms are a as long as you
and was as sick as a 3 , but I didn’t feel any better great to eat, use sun cream to
afterwards. It was a really bad stomach 4 , and I was 2 Going out in the protect your skin.
5 for two days. I wasn’t able to eat a 6 meal sun is fine b in case you have
for another week. I returned from holiday looking pale an accident.
and 7 , but at least I’d lost some 8 !
3 You should get some
skiing insurance c providing you know
which ones are safe.
Quantities and capacity 4 You should drink
plenty of water, d unless it’s really
5 Supposing you run necessary.
2 Find the option which is not possible. out of money, e what will you do?
1 He’s got a (load / pile / number) of money. 6 Don’t phone the f otherwise you will
2 I think there was a (heap / drop / spot) of rain earlier. emergency services get dehydrated.
3 There were (dozens / amounts / loads) of people
ahead of me in the queue. Pronunciation awareness
4 I get (vast numbers / thousands / huge spots) of spam
emails every week. 5 Choose the word where ea spells a different vowel sound.
5 This bus can only (serve / take / seat) 45 people. 1 meat seat heal health
6 This flask (holds / takes / accommodates) two litres of 2 dear learn heard earth
coffee.
3 breathe breath easy please

Mixed conditionals 4
5
hear near heart clear
bread dead head heat
6 disease bear meal increase
3 Put the verbs in the correct form.
1 If you’d taken my advice yesterday, you wouldn’t be in
this mess now. (take / not be) Signposts in writing
2 You hungry now if you all
your lunch. (not be / eat) 6 Complete the sentences using signposts to help
3 If you seafood, I don’t think you your reader identify additional points. Choose from
the paella we had last night. (not like / like) furthermore, not only … but … also, on top of that and in
addition. There may be more than one possibility.
4 If your grandmother alive, she
proud of you yesterday! (be / be) 1 Make walking easier and safer by building
more footpaths. 1 In addition, install more
5 You to run this marathon if you
street lighting so people will feel safer at
a heart attack as I have. (not want / have)
night. 2 will people become more
6 If you some aspirins with you, you active, they will be able
one for your headache now. (bring / can to manage their weight better.
take)
2 We could arrange for local chefs to
7 If the pasta still hard, you it have healthy cooking competitions.
for long enough. (be / can’t cook) 3 , they could be held in the
8 If you attention in class last term, you chefs' restaurants. More
sorry when you sit the exam next week. people might go to the
(not pay / be) restaurants in future
so, 4 , it could
generate more business.

42 unit 3 you are what you eat


Unit 4
Telling tales
UNIT OBJECTIVES
• find out about stories
• read and understand a text on storytelling

topic words: stories

listen to a plot

grammar: questions

word building: time adverbs
and expressions

speaking: telling an anecdote

writing: retelling a narrative

life skill: problem solving

Look at the photo. Talk to


your partner for one minute about
what you can see.
VIDEO 1 VIDEO 2
Think about these questions:
• where is he?
• what is he doing?
• what type of story do you think he is telling?
How often do you tell stories?

43
telling tales unit 4 43
Reading

1   Look at the photos, title and sub-headings. What 6 Answer the questions according to the information in
do you think the text is about? Compare and discuss the text. Use your own words. Follow stages 1 – 4 in
with a partner. Exercise 5.
1 Why do some people think storytelling isn’t popular
2 Read the definitions. Match them with the words any more?
highlighted in green in the text. Then translate the
2 What’s the latest influence on storytelling today?
words into your language.
3 In the game, Zombies, Run!, what effect does having
movements followed by GPS have on an individual?
1 together 3 fear and excitement 4 In what way can people become main characters in a
2 well and healthy 4 the leading position digital story?
5 Why aren’t books as good as digital media when it
comes to giving people choices?
3 Read the text quickly – in about three minutes! Was 6 In what way is digital media storytelling similar to
your answer to Exercise 1 correct? ancient storytelling practices?

7 Find words or phrases in the text that match the


4   2.01 Read the text again and listen. Are the definitions. Check in your dictionary.
following statements true or false? Copy the evidence 1 story (paragraph 1)
from the text. 2 development or growth of something so it covers a
1 Storytelling is something which will happen for a long large area (paragraph 1)
time. 3 a remote location (paragraph 3)
2 It was easy to predict how the art of storytelling 4 follows the movement (paragraph 3)
would develop. 5 one of the main characters in a story or play
3 With new technologies, zombies are tracked by GPS. (paragraph 4)
4 Video games now have many more possible endings. 6 end results or effects of an action or situation
5 Nowadays, stories can be improved with the ideas of (paragraph 4)
many others. 7 the part of a person that enables them to think
(paragraph 5)
8 a big change, increase or improvement (paragraph 6)
Tip
Make sure you read the questions very carefully 8   Which would you prefer, to read a book or to
so you know exactly what to look for. be actively involved in the development of a story?
Discuss with a partner.

Exam focus: answering open Phrasal verbs


questions feed back: to tell someone information that they
need to know, especially the results of a discussion,
5 Follow stages 1 – 4 for answering open questions. research, an interview etc.
1 Read the question carefully first. take sb back: if something takes you back, it makes
What’s good about the traditional art of storytelling? you remember a period or an event
2 Find key words and phrases in the question. shout out: to suddenly say something in a loud voice
move on: to become better or more advanced
3 Read the text quickly to locate key words, phrases or go back: if you go back to a time in the past, you
synonyms.
think about how something was at that time
4 Don’t answer questions with information that isn’t in
the text.

44 unit 4 telling tales


Unit 4

VIDEO GAMES_ Streetwise


why / how / what on earth…?

The new face We use the expression Why on earth /


how on earth / what on earth when
we are extremely surprised, confused

of storytelling
or angry about something.
Why on earth didn’t you tell me before?

T
he art of storytelling has been IMMERSION CHOICE
around since the beginning of New technologies allow an audience Games and digital media are also
civilisation, and it’s not going to be directly involved in the narrative excellent at offering the player choices,
to die anytime soon. Nothing they are reading or hearing about. For 50 which put them in the position of
5 compares to the shivers down the 35 example, the game Zombies, Run! is being protagonists in the story they are
spine you get as you listen in fascination an audio adventure for smartphones. watching. This has occasionally been
to a good tale well told. So why on One of the main characters is you. You done in books, where the reader is invited
earth should anyone think storytelling is are one of a small outpost of humanity to make a decision and read following
dead? Is it because its form has changed in a land of zombies, and have to go 55 the pathway of their own choice. But
10 so much that we no longer recognise 40 out running to collect supplies to help there were only ever a limited number
it when we see it? It’s true that fewer rebuild your community. But, as a player, of outcomes. In a video game, there are
people are reading books these days you don’t just hear the story. You actually infinitely more possible outcomes.
than in the past, before the spread of go out running, the smartphone tracks
digital technology. But storytelling is you via GPS and rewards you with AUDIENCE PARTICIPATION
15 alive and kicking in the new formats of 45 fictional items you need. In this way, you With digital media, the audience can feed
film, and more recently, video games. can feel that you are immersed in the 60 back to the story creator and influence
These are exciting times for story, physically. how the story progresses in real time. In
storytellers. Technology and art are this way, a work can benefit from the best
working hand in hand to create ideas of thousands of minds. Interestingly,
20 possibilities we wouldn’t have dreamt this takes us right back to the ancient
of previously. And right at the cutting 65 traditions of storytelling around a campfire,
edge of this development is the video Get it right where there was a single storyteller, but
game. So how is the storytelling in a We say: the audience could respond and shout
video game different from in novels out ideas as the tale progressed.
and movies? I would say there are ✓… fewer people read Not only is storytelling not dead, it
25
three fundamental ways in which they books these days 70 has moved on in massive leaps. But in
differ: first, the possibility of increased ✗ … less people read some ways, it has also gone back to
immersion in a story, secondly, the ability books these days its origins, to a time when an audience
to offer the audience choices, and thirdly, was close enough to the storyteller to
30 the way the audience can influence the actually become involved in the creation
story. I'll take them one by one. 75 of the story.

telling tales unit 4 45


Vocabulary

Stories
1 Match the words in the box with the photos. You don’t
need to use all of the words. Tip
a – history t is normally pronounced /S/ before –ion and -ious

biography comic fairy tale history myth
novel play poem satire self-help  Pronunciation: t before ion
short story  travel  video game
4   2.02 Listen to the words below. Is the t in bold
a b c d pronounced /t/ or /S/?
1 narrative narration
2 dramatic dramatisation
3 translator translation
4 director direction
5 editor edition
e f g h i
5   2.02 Listen again. Find the stressed syllables.

6 Choose one of your favourite works of fiction. It may


be in any medium – book, movie or video game. Make
notes of some key facts about your story. Use the ideas
in the box.
False friend
author characters creator director 
story / history main character   setting  type of fiction
Translate these sentences into your language:
James told us a really scary story last night.
The history of Ireland is absolutely fascinating. 7   Tell a partner about your story.
8   Imagine you received the video game and all the
Think of a work for each of the descriptions below. books in Exercise 1 as a prize. What would you do with
2
them? Tell a partner.
1 A work of fiction The Bourne Identity, Tales of the
Unexpected I would give the biography to my uncle. He likes reading that
kind of thing. I don’t think he likes fiction.
2 A non-fiction book with lots of chapters
3 A traditional folk tale PV
4 A work by a best selling novelist
9 Make sentences from the box.
5 A story with a heroic main character
6 A thought-provoking drama in several acts 1 C ustomers went back on a book
7 A plot with a happy ending sometimes takes us when they buy it
8 A play with the setting in a capital city. 2 I saw the film online.
shout
once and then back to medieval
moved
3   Where do you think you would find these small 3 Please don’t France.
pieces of text? Discuss with a partner. feed
4 The book Perfume back to the
1 Once upon a time, there lived a king named Minos. At beginning and
5 Video games have
the beginning of a Greek myth or a fairly tale. watched it again.
2 All characters appearing in this work are fictitious. Any on a long way since
similarity to real people is pure coincidence. Space Invaders.
3 Act One: The setting is the dining room of a fairly large out the ending
suburban house belonging to a rich industrialist. before I’ve heard the
4 and they all lived happily ever after. joke!
5 10 Year Anniversary Edition now available for iOS and
Android devices
6 A new translation by Martin Sorrell
46 unit 4 telling tales
Listening Unit 4
A plot

1 You will hear the beginning of a radio 4 Listen again and complete the sentences.
2.05
programme about a play. The director mentions the Write no more than three words for each space.
following words and phrases. What do you think the Compare with a partner.
play is about? Discuss with a partner. 1 Eva Smith has to give her support.
2 The Birling family were when the
morality police inspector prejudice
inspector called.
responsibility social problems suicide
3 Sheila Birling is to be married.
4 Eva in a shop when Shelia met her.
2 2.03 Listen to the introduction. Does this confirm
5 Sheila Eva’s attractive appearance.
your ideas? Compare and discuss with a partner.
6 Shelia’s mother and father they have
done anything wrong.
Tip 7 The play so it has more meaning to a
For multiple choice listening questions, identify modern audience.
key words which make the difference in meaning
between options. Idioms
5 Read these extracts from the interview. Match the
3 2.04 Listen to the rest of the programme. Choose
idioms in bold with their meanings.
the best answer according to the programme.
1 … a police inspector calls, right out of the blue.
1 How does Keith Roland describe Arthur Birling?
2 … it’s revealed that they all have some responsibility
a He’s a rich businessman. for the death of the girl, they’ve all got blood
b He’s a rich factory worker. on their hands.
c He’s a rich celebrity. 3 … when the inspector forces me to look at my own
d He’s a police inspector. behaviour, it’s a bitter pill to swallow.
2 What becomes obvious at the end of the evening? 4 I've always had everything handed to me on a plate
a They have done nothing wrong. and have never had to struggle …
b They all have some responsibility. a an unpleasant fact which has to be accepted
c Eva Smith was a hard worker. b to give something to someone very easily
d Arthur Birling shouldn’t have sent Eva away. c suddenly, unexpectedly
3 Why did Arthur Birling send Eva Smith away? d be responsible for someone’s death
a No particular reason.
b She was poor.
c She worked hard.
Streetwise
d He didn’t like her. Question tags
4 What did Shelia Birling do to Eva? We use question tags all the time in informal English.
a Sheila sacked her. Get used to using them at the end of sentences when
you want confirmation of what you’ve said.
b She made Eva jealous.
You did hear what I said, didn’t you?
c She gave Eva a job in a shop.
d She caused Eva to be sacked.
5 What did Shelia Birling feel at the beginning of the play? 6 Would you go and see a modern version of An
a She didn’t like Eva. Inspector Calls? Why?/ Why not? Tell a partner.
b She thought she was responsible for Eva’s death.
c The inspector was right to accuse her. Reflection
d She thought she was a good person.
7 What helped you understand the listening?
• Thinking about the topic before listening.
• Listening carefully for key words.
• Listening for specific information.

telling tales unit 4 47


Grammar

Questions
Yes/no questions Wh– questions
1 Complete the grammar box. 5 Look at the examples. Write questions with what, when,
where, which, who or why in reply to the statements in 1 – 6.
Negative
Statement Yes/No question
Question Statement Question
You like 1 Do you 2 you The film started late. What started late?
books. like books? like books? I’ll be in Paris on Monday. When will you be in Paris?
Jamie has 3 Jamie Hasn’t Jamie They are going to Australia Where are they going
seen that seen that film? seen that film? next year. next year?
film.
Anna has applied for a Which job has Anna
She’s going 4 she Isn’t she going new job. applied for?
to write going to write to write another
another another book book next year? Liz told Peter. Who told Peter?
book next next year? Matt doesn’t like Jake. Why doesn’t Matt like
year. Jake?
Emily Should Emily be 5 Emily 1 Somebody phoned 4 The house was
should at the cinema be at the cinema me. Who phoned you? built in 1939.
be at the at six o’ clock? at six o’ clock?
cinema at
2 Something happened. 5 She was born in Belfast.
six o’ clock. 3 I’m meeting 6 She likes the red
someone tonight. jumper.

2 Complete the rules with the words in the box.


See Language reference on page 97.
auxiliary  modal  no  subject  surprise  yes
Question tags
1 Questions that need a yes or a answer are
called yes / no questions. 6 Read the sentences and then complete the rules with
2 We form yes / no questions with an verb: be, the words in the box.
do, have + + main verb. She likes music, You shouldn’t do
3 We can also use a verb + subject + main doesn’t she? that, should you?
verb. You are listening, aren’t you? Let’s go for a walk, shall we?
4 Use a negative question to show . You didn’t hear me, did you? I’m right, aren’t I?

See Language reference on page 97. aren’t I  negative  positive   shall we  tag

3 Complete the conversation with negative questions


1 Use a question tag to confirm what you already know.
including the word in brackets.
2 For a positive sentence, use a tag.
A: What a terrible birthday! 3 For a negative sentence, use a tag.
B: Why? Didn’t you enjoy it? (enjoy) 4 After Let’s, we use the question tag .
A: No. And I’m not eating this evening. 5 After I’m, the negative question tag is .
B: Why not? ? (hungry)
A: No. And I’m not watching Game of Thrones tonight. See Language reference on pages 97-98.

B: Why not? it? (like)


7 Match the beginnings and endings of these sentences
A: It’s all right, but I’m going to bed early.
from the listening on page 47.
B: Why? very well? (feeling)
1–b
A: I’m fine. I just want to be alone.
1 It’s a very thought- a wouldn’t it?
B: Why? me? (like)
provoking drama, b isn’t it?
A: Of course I do. I’m just tired.
2 You’re playing the part c aren’t you?
of Arthur Birling,
4   2.06 Listen and check your answers. Practise
saying the conversation in pairs. 3 That would be telling,

48 unit 4 telling tales


Unit 4

8 Listen and check your answers.


2.07
Pronunciation: emphasis in
Embedded questions questions
9 Read the sentences and then complete the rule. 14 2.09 Listen and say which sentence you hear – the

I wanted to know if you would come with me. normal or the emphatic.
Could you tell me what time the film starts?
A Normal B Emphatic
Do you know how long the book is?
1 Who told Peter? Who told Peter?
I wonder if you’re listening to me.
2 What started late? What started late?
I don’t know whether you heard me.
3 What’s wrong? What’s wrong?
Who knows what tomorrow will bring.
4 Who’s going to help? Who’s going to help?
Embedded questions keep the same word order as the
statement after words like if and and also 15 Look at the emphatic question below. Make the
expressions such as Could you tell me; Do you know and questions in Exercise 14 more emphatic. Use the
. expression …on earth and put strong stress on earth.

See Language reference on page 98. Why on earth should anyone think storytelling is dead?
Who on earth phoned you?
10 Make embedded questions for these statements.
1 You’ll help me 3 You’ve seen this Get it right
I wonder if you film before.
will help me. 4 We can watch it. We say:
2 She likes music. ✓ I don’t know how people can write books.
✗ I don’t know how can people write books.
11 Make questions from the box to ask a partner. The
questions should be about films, books, TV series or
video games. 16 Complete the embedded questions in the text with the
question words in the box.
there will be another
Have you ever
season of Game of Thrones? whose when how which
wondered if
JK Rowling will write where why what who
Do you know whether another Harry Potter story?
Could you tell me
(your ideas) I don’t know 1 how people can write books. I wonder
2 they get their ideas from. I know 3 kind of
books I like reading, but I don’t know 4 I would ever
Emphatic questions find the time to write myself. I often buy second-hand
books. I always wonder 5 book it was before. I’d like
12 Look at the examples in the table and then write to know 6 bought the book before me and 7

emphatic questions with who or what for the they sold it. I’m always curious to know 8 character
statements in 1 – 4. in the book they liked best.

Emphatic 17 2.10 Listen and check your answers.


Statement Question
question
Liz told Peter. Who did Liz tell? Liz told who?
18 Work with a partner. One of you is a police
inspector. Ask your partner what they did last weekend.
Liz sent an email. What did Liz send? Liz sent what? Insist on details and try to use emphatic questions!
1 I phoned somebody. 3 Something’s wrong A: What did you do last weekend?
You phoned who? with Jenny. B: I went to the cinema with a friend.
2 I can hear something. 4 I made a mistake. A: You went with who?
B: With Maria...
See Language reference on page 98.
A: Can you tell me what film you saw?

13 2.08 Listen and check your answers.

telling tales unit 4 49


Vocabulary

Time adverbs and expressions


Time adverbs 4 Complete the sentences with adverbs from Exercise 1.
1 There’s been nothing good on TV lately.
1 Read the text. Decide which of the time expressions in 2 She was walking along the corridor when
bold could be substituted by the adverbs in the box. a zombie appeared in a doorway.
3 I’m not going to the cinema to see that – it was on TV
currently eventually gradually lately !
occasionally previously recently suddenly
4 They’re filming a movie near here and I
see famous actors in town.
at the moment – currently

5 2.12 Listen and check your answers.


I’m reading a spy thriller at the
moment. I haven’t read much
fiction of late because of my Time expressions
exams, but I enjoy a good book
from time to time. People 6 Decide where the words and expressions in the box
say that books are going out go in the table.
of fashion, little by little, and
maybe, in the end, they will a fortnight afterwards at noon at three thirty
disappear altogether. I’ve noticed in recent times there
at that precise instant beforehand every now and then
are hardly any bookshops left. Before now, you could
find a bookshop in any major street. One day we’ll wake hardly ever the following weekend
up and realise all of a sudden that there are none left. the previous day throughout the summer

2 2.11 Listen and check your answers. at three thirty


1 a point in time
at midnight
for a couple of hours
False Friend 2 a period
during the evening
already
actually / eventually 3 a time before
some time ago
Translate these sentences into your language:
later
People said he wasn’t very nice, but actually, he’s really 4 a time after
in a week’s time
friendly.
often
Eventually, they decided to pack their bags and go home. 5 frequency
daily

See Language reference on page 97.


Tip
Late is both an adverb and an adjective; it means
the opposite of early. Lately is also an adverb; it Get it right
means ‘recently’.
We say:
✓ We slept for three hours.
3 Match the adverbs in Exercise 1 with the dictionary ✗ We slept during three hours.
definitions.
1 not long ago, or at a time that started not long ago
recently 7 Work with a partner and add at least one more
2 before the present time or the time referred to word or expression to each box in the table in Exercise 6.
3 in the end, especially after a long time or a lot of effort,
problems, etc.
8 Complete the sentences in your own words. Tell
a partner.
4 in times not long before now
1 A fortnight isn’t really long enough to …
5 of the present time
2 If I didn’t have to pay for it afterwards, I’d …
6 quickly and unexpectedly
3 Washing up is OK every now and then, but not …
7 slowly over a period of time or a distance
4 One thing you should never do before noon is …
8 sometimes but not often
5 The best thing to do during a power cut is …

50 unit 4 telling tales


Speaking Unit 4
Telling an anecdote Life skill
Skills
Problem solving
1 Look at the photo. Why do you think the girl is
dressed as an angel? Discuss with a partner. Identifying the problem
2 2.13Read and listen to the conversation. Were your Discuss with a partner.
ideas in Exercise 1 correct? 1 Where are the people in the
Ella: Did I ever tell you how my acting career started and ended? photo? What are they doing?
Lucas: No, what happened? 2 What are the dangers and
Ella: Well, it was just before Christmas one year when I was at primary school, and I was difficulties in crossing deep
in the school nativity play. I was an angel, would you believe? Anyway, the baby Jesus rivers? What other obstacles
was lying there in a box. Actually , it was just a doll’s head sticking out from under the do people face when crossing
covers. Part of the scenery was a sunbed covered in a brown cloth and I was standing a land without roads?
next to it. Then the three wise men arrived, and you’ll never guess what happened next!
Lucas: What?
Ella: I moved to make way for them and stepped on the sunbed. It immediately
collapsed and trapped my leg. I fell onto the box with the baby Jesus. Suddenly the
doll’s head fell out, rolled across the stage, and eventually it fell onto a woman in the
front row. Everybody just fell about laughing!
Lucas: Ha ha ha! That’s hilarious! I bet you’ll never forget that experience!

3 Find phrases in the conversation for the following functions:


1 getting the listener interested
2 saying when the event happened
Suggesting a solution
3 saying what was happening at the time another event took place
4 involving the listener in the story Compare with a partner.
5 telling the listener the result 3 How could you overcome the
6 responding with interest obstacle in the photo with
two people, a stick and a
Useful language piece of rope? If you needed
to cross many times, how
Engaging Situating Involving Sequencing could you create a bridge?
Finishing up
the listener the event the listener events
Did I ever tell A long time ago, … … would you At first, … Eventually, … What about you?
you about the I was at secondary believe? But then, … Finally …
time when …? Tell your partner or the class.
school when … You’ll never By the time … In the end, …
Do you I was living in guess what 4 Think of a time when you
Later on, …
remember … at the time. happened have had to overcome
when …? next! Suddenly, … an obstacle. How did you
I was nine years
I’ll never forget Then … manage?
old when I …
the day/time
It was just
when …
before/after …

Problem solving
4 Work with a partner. Practise the conversation in Exercise 2. Sometimes we have to
overcome an obstacle to get
5 Work with a partner. Choose a situation and from A to B, and the best
make notes on an event or invent one. Answer the Tip solution is not always the most
questions Who? Where? When? What? Always engage
obvious one – sometimes we
• A holiday experience your listener have to ‘think outside the box’.

• A funny part of a film or book before you start Remember: try to consider the
• An embarrassing situation telling your
anecdote.
less obvious options when you

• A childhood experience
have to deal with a problem.

6 Work with a different partner and take turns to tell your anecdote in Exercise 5.

telling tales unit 4 51


Writing

Retelling a narrative
Writing task: retell the story of a film or a book you enjoyed. (120 – 150 words).

Shutter Island
This story takes place on Shutter Island, in a hospital for the criminally
insane. The main character in the story is a police officer named Daniels,
played in the film by Leonardo DiCaprio. Daniels has been sent to the
island to investigate the disappearance of one of the patients.
The story begins with Daniels and his assistant arriving on the remote
island by ferry. It is a very sinister and menacing place. Over the next
few days, they interview some of the staff and patients at the hospital,
but nobody is helpful. The police officers have no idea what on earth is
going on.
As the days go by, Daniels gradually begins to think that the main
doctor is doing evil experiments on the patients. Eventually, he confronts
the doctor. In the end, there is a very unexpected and shocking twist.
We learn that Daniels is actually one of the patients, and that the police
investigation has been fictitious – it all happened in his mind!

1 Read the story of Shutter Island. How does the writer


feel about the film? How can you tell?
Writing builder
2 Answer the questions. 5 Complete the text with the words and phrases in the box.
Paragraph 1 Where does the action take place?
adjectives information interesting
Who is the main character?
role sequence words setting where
Paragraph 2 What are the main events?
Paragraph 3 What happens in the end? When you are retelling a narrative, describe the
1 setting by saying 2 the story takes place and
3 Use adjectives from the text to answer the questions. give some detail about the main character and his or
1 What do we know about where Shutter Island is? her 3 in the story. Give some information about
the main events and use 4 to provide an 5
2 What’s the island like?
description. Link the main events with 6 to help
3 What type of experiments does Daniels think the your reader follow the story. End the narrative with
doctor is doing? 7 which connects to the beginning of the story.
4 What’s the ending like?
5 What do we find out about the police investigation at
the end? Tip
Use sequence words and phrases to help your
4 What’s the most frequently used tense in the reader see how events relate to each other in time.
narrative? Why do you think this is? Discuss with a partner.

52 unit 4 telling tales


Unit 4

Signpost Write!
Writers use signposts to show the stages of a story, for
example, the highlighted words and phrases as the 8 Retell the story of an interesting film or book you
days go by, in the end, over the next few days, the main enjoyed. (120 – 150 words).
character, the story begins and the story takes place.

Steps
6 Choose the best signpost to complete the sentences.
1 I’ve just read this fantastic book, the is a STEP 1: Getting ideas
mad dentist who has lots of relationship problems.
2 The in present day New York over the • Work with a partner. Choose a story you both enjoyed.
time span of a year. • Brainstorm information about the setting, main
3 The in the dentist’s surgery when an old character and plot.
lady goes in to see him about her teeth. • Write notes of some adjectives you could use.
4 , we see how the dentist treats his • Write notes in an essay structure box like this.
patients and how they often go back to see him.
Where Main events End of the story
5 However, fewer and fewer patients go to
and who (paragraph 2) (paragraph 3)
visit him and he begins to wonder what is happening.
(paragraph 1)
6 , he decides to close down his dental
surgery and emigrates to China.

STEP 2: Organising your ideas


Improve your writing and writing a first draft
7 Put the sentences of this story in order and choose the • Write a first draft of your essay.
best narrative signposts to complete the text. Change
as the days go by to as the evening goes by.
• Use some expressions from Exercise 6.

a , a handsome prince starts to take an STEP 3: Reviewing your writing


interest in Cinderella and they dance, but then she
has to hurry away. However, the prince has fallen in • Reread your first draft and answer these questions.
love and searches for her everywhere. 1 Have you followed the paragraph sequence in
Exercise 2?
b , he eventually finds her and marries
her, and they live happily ever after. 2 Have you used descriptive adjectives correctly?
c , an invitation arrives to a party. The 3 Have you used some signposts to link events in time?
sisters won’t allow Cinderella to go, but then a fairy 4 Is your grammar, spelling and punctuation correct?
appears and gives her a beautiful dress and carriage. 5 Have you linked the end of the story to the
She can go to the party, but must leave at midnight. beginning?
1 d The story takes place in a castle. 6 Does each sentence move smoothly to the next?
e is a girl called Cinderella, who lives
with her cruel step-mother and step-sisters. STEP 4: Writing a final draft
f with Cinderella working in the kitchen.
• Recheck your work before handing it in.
• Write a brief note to your teacher about why you
Useful language chose this story.

Sequencing words
To introduce the scene
and phrases
… takes place in … As the days go by, …. See Writing guide on page 103.
The main character is … finally
The story begins … gradually
in the end
over the following /
next few days

telling tales unit 4 53


Review

Stories Embedded questions


1 Complete the text with the words in the box. 6 Two of these questions are correct. Say which ones
they are and then correct the ones that are incorrect.
character ending fiction novelist plot setting 1 Could you tell me when have you finished the book?
Could you tell me when you have finished the book?
Andrea Camilleri is an Italian crime 1 fiction writer. 2 I wanted to know what time the film started.
The 2 for his stories is Sicily and the main 3 3 Do you know how long is the film?
is a fictional inspector called Montalbano, named in 4 I wonder if Peter has seen that play.
honour of the Spanish 4 Montalbán. The TV
5 Who knows what will they think of next.
series closely follows the 5 of the original novels
and most of the stories have a happy 6 . 6 I don’t know what time is it.

Emphatic questions
Time adverbs and expressions
7 Write questions in response to these statements and
2 Choose the correct option.
answers.
1 I lived in London (during / for / throughout) three years. 1 The theatre looks very small.
2 Where have you been? I haven’t seen you (lately / late / The theatre looks very what?
recent)?
2 Moira is visting Sarah.
3 The inspector faces many difficulties, but he solves the
case (suddenly / gradually / eventually). Moira ?

4 I don’t always like to plan my holidays (afterwards / 3 The little boy fell off his chair.
beforehand / previously). The little boy ?
4 This hotel offers the best view.
Yes / no questions This hotel ?

3 Complete the questions. The verb is given in brackets.


A: 1 Did you go out last B: No, not really!
Pronunciation awareness
night? (go out) A: 3 Clooney in it? 8 Find the words which will be stressed in B’s lines.
B: Yes, I went to the (be)
A: You’ll never guess who A: Brad Pitt. He said,
cinema to see Gravity B: Yes, but I didn’t like him
I met in the lift. ‘Ninth floor, please’.
in 3D. in it. 4 you
B: Who did you meet in B: He said what?
A: Really. 2 it? it yet? (see)
the lift? A: Ninth floor. I took a
(enjoy) A: No, I haven’t.
A: Go on, guess! selfie with him.

Wh- questions B: How on earth can I


guess?
B: You did what? Show me!
A: Here …
4 Write questions in response to these statements. A: OK, I’ll tell you. Brad B: Who on earth’s that?
1 Someone hit me. Who hit you? Pitt. It’s certainly not Brad Pitt!
2 I’d like something to eat. B: You met who? A: Oh!
3 I want to talk to someone.
4 Something’s going to happen tonight. Signposts in writing
Question tags 9 Complete these narrative signposts.
1 The story takes place …
5 Complete the questions with the correct tags. 2 The begins …
1 You’ve read that book, haven’t you? 3 the next few days …
2 Let’s go to the cinema, ? 4 as the days go …
3 I’m always right, ? 5 the end …
4 Olivier wasn’t acting yesterday, ?

54 unit 4 telling tales


Review 2 3/4
Units

Grammar
Mixed conditionals Questions
1 Choose the sentence ending which is not possible. 3 Complete the sentences in these conversations.
1 If you’ve had lunch already, 1 - I don’t want any strawberries, thanks.
a why are you still hungry? - Why not? Don’t you like them?
b you won’t want anything to eat now. 2 - I really enjoyed Hunger Games.
c you would have enjoyed it. - Yes, it was great, ?
2 If you’d worked harder, 3 - Mike’s coughing a lot today.
a people won’t all think you’re lazy. - Yes, I wonder caught a cold.
b you would have done better in the exam. 4 - I’ll send grandma a birthday card by email.
c you would be able to afford a decent holiday. - But she hasn’t got a computer, ?
3 If her car’s outside, 5 - I wouldn’t mind a coffee with milk...
a she might have left it there overnight. - We’ve got milk, but I don’t know any coffee.
b she’s probably somewhere in the building. 6 - He had an accident in America and had to pay for
c she wouldn’t give you a lift. treatment.
4 If I spoke Chinese - Why? any insurance?
a I will be able to communicate with our new neighbours. 7 - I’m buying a ticket to the World Cup to see England in
the final.
b I would have taken that job in Beijing.
- That’s crazy! You don’t know reach the final!
c I wouldn’t have had to enrol on this course.
8 - Give the books out, one for each student.
Unless, as long as, - But there aren’t enough, ?

provided that / providing, 4 Complete the conversation with wh- questions. If there

in case, supposing, even if, is an exclamation mark (!), it should be an emphatic


question.
otherwise A: Somebody told me A: About the weather.
something interesting B: 6 !?
2 Complete the conversation with the words and phrases B: 1 Who told you A: The weather.
in the box. something interesting?
B: I don’t believe it. The
A: Tom did. president wouldn’t talk
as long as even if in case otherwise B: 2 ? to Tom!
providing supposing unless A: He told me he met the A: Tom showed me a
president. selfie of them together.
B: 3 !? B: 7 !?
A: I’m thinking of going to Senegal
on holiday. Do you have any tips? A: The president. A: A selfie. A photo of
B: 4 ? him and the president
B: Yes, you should get travel insurance
together.
1 in case something goes wrong. A: At the airport. They
had a chat. B: Wow! Unbelievable.
A: Yes, OK. Is malaria a danger?
B: You should be all right 2 B: 5 ?
you take malaria pills.
A: Should I take them 3 I’m
only staying in the capital city?
B: Yes. 4 you decide to go on
an excursion? And don’t drink any
water 5 you’re sure it’s clean.
A: Is bottled water OK?
B: Yes, bottled water’s fine 6 it hasn’t
been opened. You must make sure of
that, 7 it could be dangerous.

review 2 55
Review 2 3/4
Units

Vocabulary
Health Time adverbs and expressions
1 Complete the sentences with the words or phrases in 5 Complete the sentences with the words and phrases in
the box. the box.

health services heart attack heart disease


a fortnight beforehand couple of hours during
overweight sick stomach bug
little by little moment of late from time to time
1 Maintaining an active lifestyle is essential for your
health. Lack of exercise can lead to heart disease and
1 We’re watching a really exciting TV series at the moment.
the risk of a .
2 I watch TV for a before going to bed.
2 The increasing number of people in the
country is putting pressure on our . The 3 I enjoy reading a good book .
government has to do something about obesity. 4 When I go to the cinema, I like to read about the film
3 I’ve felt for several days now, so I think I’ve got .
a nasty . 5 I couldn’t understand English TV at first, but I’m
improving .
Quantities and capacity 6 I haven’t had time to read much fiction .
7 I’m away on holiday in August for .
2 Choose the correct option. 8 I watched a film on my iPad the journey.
1 I usually have one (spoonful/heap/pile) of sugar in my coffee.
2 We spend vast (numbers/amounts/loads) of money on Phrasal verbs
heating.
3 I’ve got (thousands/drops/tons) of homework tonight. 6 Complete the sentences with the correct form of the
4 If you’re going to the shop, get me a (dozen/pile/kilo) eggs. phrasal verbs in the box.
5 I don’t believe his story – it’s a (spot/ton/load) of rubbish.
feed back go back grow up move on pick up
3 Complete the sentences with the words in the box. put on shout out sign up sit back take back

contain hold serve take


1 This music takes me back to my childhood.
2 You can’t just and hope to be fit and healthy –
1 How much water does this bottle hold? you have to eat properly and do exercise.
2 How many people will this dish ? 3 I was actually born in Holland but I in England.
3 How much weight can this bag ? 4 My employer wanted me to to a private health
4 How many aspirins does this packet ? care scheme.
5 You’re so lucky – you’re always eating but you never
Stories weight.
6 Did you manage to any German while you
4 Complete the text with the words in the box. were living in Austria?
7 Technology has a long way since the first Star
character fiction main character Wars movies.
novel novelist plot settings 8 Applause is not the only way an audience to a
performer.
Donna Tartt is an American 1 novelist whose 9 In a pantomime, the audience is invited to
latest work of 2 is a long 3 called when the baddie appears on stage.
The Goldfinch. The 4 in this story is a boy
10 I wouldn’t like to to a time when movies were
called Theo who becomes an orphan after
all in black and white.
a terrorist attack in an art gallery. During the
attack, he rescues a valuable painting which many people
want to get their hands on. The 5 takes place over
many years, moving between the 6 of New York,
Las Vegas and Amsterdam. My favourite 7 is Theo’s
school-friend Boris, son of a Russian immigrant.

56 review 2
Unit 5
A head for business
UNIT OBJECTIVES
• find out about entrepreneurship
• read and understand a text on
entrepreneurship
• topic words: business
• listen to personal accounts
• grammar: used to, would, wish, if only
• word building: prefixes
• speaking: regretting and wishing
• writing: a letter of application
• life skill: interview skills

Look at the photo. Talk to your


partner for one minute about what
you can see.
VIDEO 1 VIDEO 2
Think about these questions:
• where do you think the man is?
• what do you think his job is?
• how do you think he is feeling?
What kind of job would you like in the future? Why?

57
a head for business unit 5 57
Reading

1 Look at the title, first paragraph and photos. 7 Choose the best answer according to the text. Only one
What do you think the text is about? Compare and answer is possible. Follow stages 1–4 in Exercise 6.
discuss with a partner. 1 Why is Mark Zuckerberg a success?
a Time Magazine reports that he is.
Tip b Facebook has history.
Think about both parts of a compound word and c So many people use Facebook.
the context to guess its meaning. d He started his business early.
2 Why doesn’t being older necessarily mean being
2 Read the words highlighted in green in the text. Match successful in business any more?
them with the definitions in the box. Then read the a Younger people understand technology better.
sentences containing the words. Are your answers correct? b Greater experience isn’t necessary now.
c Your age has nothing to do with technology.
1 proficient in the use of modern technology (adj) d There are only jobs for younger people today.
2 waiting to be acknowledged as the owner of an 3 How is Thomas Suarez improving his business?
invention (adj)
a He’s teaching himself computer coding.
3 young and talented individual (n)
b He’s marketing apps for smartphones.
4 very clever and successful young people (n)
c He’s starting a new company.
d He’s developing a new product.
3 Translate the highlighted words in Exercise 2 into your 4 What might pupils of The Incubator School be
language. unhappy about later on in life?
a Not starting work earlier.
4 Read the text quickly – in about three minutes! Was
your answer to Exercise 1 correct? b Not making more of their chances.
c Not making enough money.
5 Read the text again and listen. Put the topics
2.14 d Not doing things differently in their youth.
in the order they appear in the text.
1c a youth and technology 8 Answer the questions according to the information in
the text. Use your own words.
2 b reflection and regret
1 What do children need, in addition to knowing about
3 c the times are changing technology, to have a good chance of business success?
4 d starting very young 2 How does the writer feel about young people who
5 e a famous young entrepreneur think they’ve failed if they don’t make a million before
6 f school and business they are 20?

9 How important is it to be ‘tech-savvy’ if you


Exam focus: multiple choice want to be a successful business person in today’s
questions world? Discuss with a partner.

6 Follow stages 1 – 4 for answering multiple choice Phrasal verbs


questions.
sum (sth/sb) up: to describe briefly the important
1 Read the question carefully and try to answer it without
facts or characteristics of something or someone
looking at the options.
clock up: to achieve a particular number or amount
2 Read all the choices and think about the differences of something
between them. come up with sth: to think of a plan, an idea or a
3 Eliminate any you feel are definitely incorrect. solution to a problem
4 Read the text again to check. put (sth) together: to prepare a piece of work by
collecting several ideas and suggestions and
What problem did many successful business people have?
organising them
a They had to wait until they were old to make money. start up sth: if a business or other organisation starts
b They were too old to get the benefits from their success. up, or if someone starts one up, it is created and
c Younger people were taking over their businesses. starts to operate
grow up: to become older or an adult
d They couldn’t succeed when they were young.

58 unit 5 a head for business


Unit 5

Get it
right
We sa
y:
✓He wa
s only 1
1 years
✗ He ha old.
d only 1

THESE KIDS
1 years
old.

MEAN BUSINESS
55

I
n times gone by, success used to arrive than the 3D printers currently on the market.
later in life than it does today. Rich In his parents´ generation, children of his age
businessmen would often be too old to used to climb trees or play football, but these
really enjoy their wealth. The situation activities hold no interest for Thomas, who is
5 could be summed up in the saying, ‘When 40 a self-taught coding prodigy like Zuckerberg
you’ve made it, you’ve had it’. Well not any before him.
more. There is a new generation of rich young
entrepreneurs. In fact, some of the new whizz-
kids on the business block are literally
10 that – kids.
One well-known youth success story is that
of Mark Zuckerberg, who by the age of 20, had
already launched an early version of his social
networking website Facebook. Facebook now
15 has clocked up over a billion users worldwide.
Today, Zuckerberg is listed by Time magazine as An instinct for business may come naturally
one of the 100 wealthiest and most influential to some kids, but for parents who don't want
people in the world. He's made it. to leave it to chance, there is The Incubator
What is the secret of the success of this new 45 School in Los Angeles. At this school, starting
20 generation of entrepreneurs? Well, it seems up a business is not only encouraged, it is a
clear that it's linked with the digital revolution. mandatory part of the curriculum. The school
Because the technology is so new, the greater has the atmosphere of a Silicon Valley start-up,
experience which comes with age is no longer with motivational posters on the walls and
an advantage. On the contrary, the younger 50 tablets and laptops on the desks. But here,
25 generation has an instinctive understanding of the people who are using and creating this
the digital world which their elders lack. technology are children aged 11 to 13. When
Never underestimate a tech-savvy kid with you ask the kids what they want to do when
a good head for business – it’s a recipe for they grow up, nearly all of them say they want
success. A good example of this is 15-year-old 55 to run their own business.
30 Thomas Suarez from California. He formed his Kids like Thomas Suarez, or the pupils of The
first company, CarrotCorp, when he was only 11 Incubator School are not likely to grow
years old, after he came up with a popular new up with regrets like, 'I wish I'd started my
app for smartphones. Today, Thomas is putting career sooner' or, 'If only I'd made the
together the design for a patent-pending 60 most of my opportunities'. But will they Streetwise
35 3D printer, which he says will be much faster perhaps grow up with other regrets like
'I wish I'd had a proper childhood', or to make it
'If only I'd learnt how to socialise with We can use the idiom to
other kids'? Will they be too hard on make it, when someone
65 themselves and think they've failed if is very successful.
they don't make a million before they're He’s made it!
20? Will they regret their misspent youth?
Only time will tell. But right
now, these kids mean business!

unit 5 59
Vocabulary

Business
1 Match the words in the box with the photos. 6 Change a part of these phrases to make a phrase with the
opposite meaning. Use the words in the box to help you.
a market  a market researcher  a supermarket  marketing
market share  on the market  stock market  the job market dead-end employer long loss 
make part the sack unemployment
a – a market

a b c d 1 in short-term 4 an employee
employment in long- 5 to make a profit
term employment
6 a promising job
2 to be employed 7 to lose a fortune
full-time
8 to get a job
3 employment
e buy me f g
OUR COMPANY
h
7 Complete the text with words and phrases from
Exercises 5 and 6.
I started out as a travel agent, but it was a 1 dead-end
job. I got 2 and spent a year on 3 benefit. Then
I retrained as a plumber and 4 installing washing
machines. Then I decided to 5 a business on my
Complete the questions with the correct form of the own. To begin with, I made a 6 and I thought I was
2
going to go 7 . Then business improved and I started
phrases from Exercise 1.
to make a 8 . Now I’ve got three 9 working
1 Which large department store do you think has the full- 10 for me and a very 11 career ahead.
biggest market share in your country?
2 Can you name at least one more of the world’s 8   Imagine yourself in 20 years’ time. Tell a partner
indexes apart from the IBEX 35? about your career and what you have achieved. Be
3 What methods of are there, apart from optimistic!
stopping people in the street?
4 Can you name chain with branches in PV
several different European countries?
9 Make sentences from the box.
5 How do people put their houses ?
6 If you’re looking for work, which is better – a strong or 1 A qualified airline came up with your own
a tough ? pilot must company.
sums up
2 I imagine it’s clock up I’d like to
3   Work with a partner. Answer the questions in
difficult to be a vet.
Exercise 2. Compare your answers with other pairs. grow up
3 To get a business put together
lots of great
loan, you have to ideas for the
4   2.15 Listen to two people answering the questions start up
4W
 e had a product launch.
in Exercise 2. Do they give the same answers as you?
marketing a proposal and
5 Match the expressions in the box with the meanings. meeting and take it to a bank.
5 When I everything you
a good head for business  go out of business 6 This book need to know
mean business  open for business about business.
run your own business  start up a business a lot of flight
hours.

1 have a serious intention to achieve something


mean business
2 ready to trade False friend
3 stop trading and close the company career
4 be the boss of your own company Translate this sentence into your language.
5 a good understanding of business He followed a career in law.
6 create a company

60 unit 5 a head for business


Listening Unit 5
Personal accounts
b c d
1 You will hear four people talking about being
self-employed. What might people regret about being
self-employed? Discuss with a partner.

2 2.16 You will hear Kevin Burns a Aisha Scott Mark Sikorsky Alicia Cameron
talking about being self-employed.
Listen to him. Did he mention any 5 Listen again and complete the sentences.
2.17
of your ideas in Exercise 1? Compare Write no more than three words for each space.
and discuss with a partner. Compare with a partner.
Kevin Burns
1 When Aisha Scott was unemployed she felt she had
Tip to get up in the morning.
When listening to different people talking about 2 Mark Sikorsky wanted to help shoppers benefit
the same topic, listen for them saying similar things .
in a different way. 3 Alicia Cameron found it going into business.

3 2.17Listen to three more people talking about Idioms


being self-employed. Which sentence best describes
the people in the photos now? 6 Read these extracts from the personal accounts. Match
1 This person gave up being self-employed. the idioms in bold with their meanings.
2 This person wishes they had more money. 1 … I couldn’t get another job, for love nor money.
3 This person plans to expand their business. 2 … so I decided to go it alone, start my own business.
3 So far, I’ve got the network up and running for the
4 Listen again. Choose the best answer
2.17 Nottingham area.
according to the accounts. 4 I haven’t really got a head for business.
1 What did Aisha Scott do before she became a 5 I like a challenge, so bring it on.
professional dog walker?
a have the capability for something
a She used to spend time with her family.
b actively working
b She was unemployed.
c let’s get started
c She used to stay in bed in the mornings.
d whatever happens
d She would spend the day walking her dog.
e to do something by yourself
2 What do we learn about Mark Sikorsky before he
started his business?
a He would go shopping for people. Streetwise
b He was interested in social networking.
on the dole
c He was good at working with computers.
On the dole is an informal expression which means that
d He was interested in advertising.
you’re unemployed and therefore receive money from
3 What are Mark’s plans for the future? the government.
a He wants to expand his business. Young people on the dole are often bored and frustrated.
b He wants to sell the things he does more cheaply.
c He hopes to help more friends.
d He hopes to get a bigger house. 7 Who do you think is happiest with their current
situation? Why? Compare and discuss with a partner.
4 Why doesn’t Alicia Cameron have any regrets?
a She likes working in business.
b She’s planning on having children.
Reflection
c She prefers to work seven days a week. 8 What helped you understand the listening?
d She’s learnt about finance. • Thinking about the topic before listening.
• Listening carefully for the same thing said in a different way.
• Listening for specific information.

a head for business unit 5 61


Grammar

Used to, would, wish, if only


Used to, would 4 Complete the sentences with used to and one of the
verbs in the box.
1 Work with a partner. Look at the photos. What
was office life like 50 years ago? What is it like now? Use arrive ask be have live spend take
some of the words in the box.
1 I used to spend all my time as a kid coding simple apps.
computers electronic files emails 2 Thomas in Los Angeles.
faxes paper files typewriters 3 Success later in life than it does today.
4 In those days, I a massive computer with
50 years ago, people used typewriters. Now they write on a tiny memory.
computers. 5 I had my dog, so I him out for a walk
a b twice a day.
6 Sometimes as a favour, they me to walk
their dogs.
7 I on unemployment benefit.

5 2.18 Listen and check your answers.

6 Decide which of the sentences in Exercise 4 could have


would instead of used to.

7 Replace the verbs in bold with the used to form if it is


2 Read the sentences and answer the questions. possible.
1 People used to use typewriters. I’m Marisa and I’m a web designer. I was 1 used to be a
2 People didn’t use to use computers. graphic designer. I worked 2 with pen and paper in
3 Did people use to use telephones? those days. I spent 3 a lot of time carefully cutting
and sticking. I didn’t have 4 a computer for a long
1 According to the first sentence, time, but in the end I bought 5 one, and gradually,
I started 6 working on that. I designed 7 my
a did people use a typewriter only one time in the past?
own website, and people liked 8 it. Friends asked
b did they use typewriters regularly in the past? 9 me to design websites, and I realised 10 it
c do they still use typewriters regularly now? was a promising career. So that’s how I became 11 a
2 How do you form the negative of used to? web designer.
3 How do you make the question form of used to?
8 Look at the text in Exercise 7 again. Decide which of
3 Look at the table and say if the statements below it are the verbs in bold could be replaced with the would
true or false. form.

Action State 9 2.19 Listen and check your answers.

Children his age used I used to be self-


to climb trees. employed. Tip
Children his age would Compare used to do and be used to doing:
I would be self-employed I used to write emails = I regularly wrote them in the
climb trees.
past, but now I don’t.
1 You can use used to for regular actions in the past. I’m used to writing emails = I write them often, so I
True am accustomed to it.
2 You can use would for regular actions in the past.
3 You can use would for states in the past.
4 You can use used to for states in the past.
Get it right
We say:
See Language reference on page 98.
✓ I didn’t use to like reading.
✗ I didn’t used to like reading.

62 unit 5 a head for business


Unit 5

10 Ask a partner the questions. 13 Match the real situations with the wishes. What forms
1 What did you use to do as a child that you don’t do now? of can, could and will do you use after wish?
2 What do you do now that you didn’t use to do as a child? 1–c
3 Did you use to live anywhere else from where you live
now? real situation Wish
4 What bands did you use to like which you don’t like a I wish you could go.
now?
1 You won’t go.
b I wish you could have
2 You couldn’t go.
gone.
3 You can’t go.
Tip c I wish you would go.
Would can also be used to talk about typical and
annoying habits. When it has this meaning, would is Get it right
stressed.
My dad WOULD insist on choosing the cheapest hotels,
We say:
even if they were awful.
✓ I hope the weather will be good tomorrow.
✗ I wish the weather would be good tomorrow.

Wish, if only 14 Make sentences with wish or if only about these


situations.
11 Read the sentences. Decide if they are talking about
1 It won’t stop raining.
the present or the past. If only it would stop raining.
1 I only wish I’d done it sooner! past 2 I haven’t got enough money.
2 I sometimes wish I earned a bit more money. 3 I didn’t prepare for the exam.
3 I wish I'd had a proper childhood. 4 I can’t play the piano.
4 I wish I'd started my career sooner. 5 My brother won’t leave me alone.
5 If only shoppers could get together and buy things in 6 I couldn’t go to your party.
bulk.
7 I wasn’t good at maths at school.
6 If only I'd learnt how to socialise with other kids.
8 I didn’t apply for that job.
7 I wish I could just go to work from nine to five.
9 I can’t drive.
8 If only I'd made the most of my opportunities.
10 I didn’t apologise to my best friend.
12 Choose the correct option.
15 Do you have any regrets about the past or things
1 Use wish and if only to talk about a situation which you wish were different now? Tell a partner.
(is / isn’t) as you would like it to be.
I wish I lived near the sea.
2 After wish and if only,
a use the (present / past) simple form of the verb if
you are talking about the present.
b use the past (perfect / simple) form of the verb if
you are talking about the past.

See Language reference on pages 98-99.

a head for business unit 5 63


Vocabulary

Prefixes
1 Match the verbs in the box with the meanings.

calculate charge count estimate


organise pay spend value

1 to ask for an amount of money for goods or services


charge
2 to give money to someone to buy something
3 to guess an approximate amount
4 to judge an amount by accurate mathematics
5 to judge how much money something is worth
6 to judge the number of people or items in a group
7 to make arrangements for something to happen
8 to use a certain quantity of your money
5 2.20 Listen and check your answers.

2 Look at the prefixes below. Notice that the examples


are all forms of the words in Exercise 1. Find more
Tip
combinations of the words in Exercise 1 with the prefixes. If the beginnings de-, pre- and re- are clearly
prefixes with the meaning shown in Exercise 2, then
the vowel is pronounced //.
prefix meaning examples
de- reverse or change devalue
dis- reverse or remove disorganised Pronunciation: //, // and //
mis- incorrectly, badly miscount
over- too much overestimate
6 2.21 Listen to the words in the table. Pay attention
pre- before prepaid
to the sound of the vowel in bold.
re- again recalculate
un- remove, reverse, not unspent
1 // 2 // 3 //
under- less than, beneath undercharged
devalue demand decorate
deactivate decide definite
3 Find more examples of words with the prefixes in
prepaid pretend president
Exercise 2. You may use a dictionary.
prearrange present (verb) present (noun)
4 Complete the sentences with the correct form of the reorganised recall referee
word in brackets, with or without one of the prefixes in repay (pay again) repay (pay register
Exercise 2. back)
1 My accounts were a disorganised mess. I tried to
them but it didn’t work, so I got an accountant to 7 2.22 Listen to these words and decide if they
everything. (organise)
belong in box 1, 2 or 3.
2 You need to your tax bill carefully. If you
deforest delicate delight demonstrate deregulate
it, they’ll make you it and maybe pay a fine.
describe
(calculate)
precooked prefabricated prejudice preparation
3 When you insure your car, you have to your
prepare prevent
annual mileage. If you it, you might not be
able to make a claim. If you it, you’ll have to reduce refer regular relative revalue revalued
pay more than necessary. (estimate)
8 How money-minded are you? Discuss the
4 I ordered 50 boxes, but when I them, there
questions with a partner.
were only 48. When I complained, they said they had
them, apologised and offered me a 1 How well do you plan your budget, before a holiday or
on my next order. (count) a shopping trip for example?
6 They you a lot to the 2 How careful are you not to overspend?
batteries of an electric car. Last time I did it, they 3 How organised are you with your finances?
me by £10 as well! (charge)

64 unit 5 a head for business


Speaking Unit 5
Regretting and wishing Life skill
Being pro-active
1 Look at the photo. What do you think these
people are doing? Why? Discuss with a partner. Identifying the problem
2 2.23Read and listen to the conversation. How Discuss with a partner.
is it connected to the photo in Exercise 1? 1 Look at the photo. Who is
Ana: How did it go? Paula: Nothing. That was the problem. the interviewer? Who is the
Paula: It didn’t go too well, actually. If only I’d done a little research candidate? How can you tell?
beforehand! 2 The interviewer asks, ‘Do you
Ana: Why? What happened ?
Ana: Oh dear. What happened next? have any questions about
Paula: Well, the interviewer asked me why I
wanted the job and my mind went blank. Paula: She asked me about my previous the job?’. You reply, ‘No’. What
Eventually, I just said, ‘For the money’. job. I said I hadn’t worked before. impression does that give?
Ana: Well, perhaps it wasn’t as bad as you Ana: But you have, haven’t you?
Suggesting a solution
think. Paula: Yes. I used to walk people’s dogs.
Paula: It was. I could see she wasn’t And I wish I’d told her about the summer Compare with a partner.
impressed. I wish I’d said something camp job I did last year. Anyway, I didn’t
3 How can you avoid having
positive about the company. get the job .
nothing to say? List three
Ana: What do you know about the Ana: Well, never mind. We live and learn!
strategies.
company?
What about you?
3 Find phrases in the conversation for the following functions:
Tell your partner or the class.
1 saying something was bad 3 making somebody feel better
4 Have you ever had
2 asking for details 4 expressing regrets
a difficult moment
in an interview?
Useful language What happened?

Regretting
Justifying Explaining Suggesting Expressing
what
an action hopes alternatives sympathy
happened
I wish I’d … How am I I had high Why didn’t That’s so
I wish you supposed hopes for … you …? disappointing!
would… to …? I was so looking You could That’s too bad!
If only I had… How was I forward to… have … What a let-down!
supposed What I’d been Well, never mind!
If only they
to …? led to expect
had… What a shame!
was…

4 Work with a partner. Practise the conversation in Exercise 2.

Tip
Always be sympathetic when people talk about wishes and regrets. Interview skills
Being pro-active is the best way
to avoid a mental block during
5 Work with a partner. Imagine you were given some advice before you went for
an interview. Make sure you do
a job interview. Choose three things you didn’t do from the list below or add your
some research about the job
own ideas. Take turns to tell your partner about your regrets.
you’re applying for and have in
• Think of something to say • Dress appropriately mind some relevant questions
• Tell the truth • Make eye contact about it in case you are asked.
• Make a good impression • Ask questions Remember: if you fail to
• Give clear and informative answers • Turn your phone off prepare, you’re preparing to fail!

a head for business unit 5 65


Writing

A letter of application
Writing task: write a letter of application for the job of camp counsellor (120 – 150 words).

26 Quakers Court
Oxford OX3 2NJ Registering for
Dear Sir/Madam, 20th January
Camp America
I am writing to apply for the post of Camp Counsellor advertised on is your first
your website.
step towards the
As you will see from my attached CV, I am currently completing my
summer
high school education. However, I do have relevant work experience.
I worked as a team leader at a summer camp in Spain last summer. of a lifetime!
Additionally, I babysit regularly for friends and neighbours. I am
responsible and can deal very successfully with children of all ages. TO APPLY FOR SUMMER 2016 YOU'LL NEED
TO BE:
In addition to my experience with children, I am a keen sports
• Aged 18 by 1st June 2016 • Available to work for a
enthusiast, playing in the school basketball team. I also participate
in a local drama club, and I would be particularly interested in using • Available to depart minimum of 9 weeks and
theatre with children at the camp to prepare a performance of some sometime between 1st until the 15th August
kind. I speak English fluently and I will be 18 in February. May and 20th June 2016 (earliest possible end date)
I would be available to work in the USA for any period between 1st • Fluent in English
May and 15th August. I can supply details of referees and any other
information you may require. CAMP COUNSELLOR JOBS
I look forward to hearing from you. To get a job as a camp counsellor, you must like childr
en
Yours faithfully, and have experience working with them. You’ll need
lots of
energy and should be ready for an exciting, fun, eye-o
Nick Dominics and amazing summer.
pening
Nick Dominics

1 Read the information about Camp America, and the


letter of application. Do you think the writer is a good
Tip
candidate? Why / Why not? Use a formal style when you write a letter of
application. Remember not to use contractions.
2 Which paragraph deals with the points a – f? Find the
information in the letter.
a availability c signing off e skills
b relevant d reason for f interests Writing builder
experience writing
5 Complete the text with words and phrases from the box.
3 How are these ideas expressed more formally in the letter?
1 Hi! 6 I can work … advertisement application available
2 I’d like the job at 7 I can send you … faithfully suitable summarise
Camp America. 8 if you need When you are writing a letter of 1 application you
3 You’ll see from my CV anything, …
should always start with Dear Sir / Madam or the name of
4 I’m finishing school 9 …can’t wait to the person you are writing to. In the opening paragraph,
at the moment. hear from you. you should state the position for which you are applying
5 … and I’m involved 10 bye and say where you saw the 2 for it. In the next
with the drama paragraph, you should say you’d like the job, why you
club nearby. are interested in it and why you think you are a 3
candidate. In the third paragraph, you should 4
4 Study the language in the letter. Find examples of the your qualifications and any relevant experience you have
following: had. Additionally, you could talk about how you will
1 the present 4 would (future contribute to the success of the company. In the fourth
continuous hypothesis) paragraph, say when you are 5 to start work and
2 adjectives 5 will (future) offer to supply details of referees.
3 adverbs Finally, sign off, using Yours 6 or Yours sincerely and
sign your name.

66 unit 5 a head for business


Unit 5

Signpost Write!
Writers use signposts to help the reader connect ideas
by using words and phrases such as: also, in addition to 8 Write a letter of application for a job at a summer
and additionally. camp. (120 – 150 words).

Steps
6 Complete the sentences with the best signpost of
addition. Sometimes more than one answer is possible. STEP 1: Getting ideas
1 (Also / In addition to / Additionally) enjoying working
with children, I am very patient. • Work with a partner. Brainstorm skills and experience
you think would be useful.
2 I speak English fluently. (Also / In addition to/
Additionally), I have a clean driving licence. • List some relevant interests.

3 I am extremely energetic and (also / in addition to / • Write a note of some structures and phrases you could
use.
additionally) being in the school theatre club, I do
voluntary work at the local children’s hospital. • Write notes in a letter structure box like this.
4 I am naturally creative. (Also / In addition to / Reason Skills / Interests Availability Closing
Additionally), I love being challenged by new for letter experience / CV
experiences.
5 I have plenty of experience leading a children’s play
group. (Also / In addition to / Additionally), I have three STEP 2: Organising your ideas
younger sisters.
and writing a first draft

Improve your writing • Write a first draft of your letter.


• Use the formal alternative of the language from
Exercise 3.
7 Add more information to the skills below. Use the
signposts in the box. Compare with a partner. STEP 3: Reviewing your writing
also additionally in addition to • Reread your first draft and answer these questions.
1 Have you followed the sequence in Exercise 2?
1 I am an enthusiastic member of an amateur dramatic 2 Have you used some of the structures in Exercise 4?
group.
3 Have you used some signposts to help your reader?
2 I run an arts and crafts group on Saturday mornings.
4 Is your grammar, spelling and punctuation correct?
3 I play several musical instruments.
5 Have you used a consistently formal style?
4 I love reading stories aloud to my brothers and sisters.
6 Does each sentence move smoothly to the next?
5 I organise team-building sports activities at my local gym.
STEP 4: Writing a final draft
See Writing guide on page 104.
• Recheck your work before handing it in.
• Write a brief note to your teacher about your best
quality for a job at a summer camp.

Useful language
Introducing the Giving details of Describing skills Describing interests
Offering Concluding
purpose for writing CV and referees and experience and ambitions
I am writing to … … can supply I am currently I am committed I would be I look
details of … …ing to +…ing able to … forward
I enclose my CV… I am interested I would be to hearing
(in a posted letter) in +…ing available from … from you.
… my attached I enjoy +…ing I would be Yours
CV …(in an email willing to … faithfully,
application letter) Yours
sincerely,

a head for business unit 5 67


Review

Business Wish, if only


1 Complete the sentences with words containing the 4 Complete the sentences with the correct form of the
number of letters given. verb in brackets.
1 I’m not joking – I really mean business (8)! 1 I wish I had studied (study) more before the exam!
2 We're putting our house on the (6) for 2 If only there (be) more hours in the day!
£150,000. 3 I wish you (will stop) talking about your
3 He was late for work regularly, and in the end, he got holidays!
the (4). 4 I wish I (have) more money!
4 There are fewer people in long-term 5 If only we (not tell) Brian about the party!
(10) than before the economic crisis.
6 I wish I (play) the guitar!
5 Martin had a very promising (6) in the field
of medicine.
6 If you take on an (8), you’ll have to pay
Pronunciation awareness
his or her social security.
5 Find the words in which the vowels in bold are
pronounced differently.
Prefixes 1 revalue recharge receive recalculate
2 repay regular referee recipe
2 Complete the sentences with the words and prefixes in
the box. 3 demand decide design deactivate
4 devalue decorate deforest deregulate
de- mis- over- re- under- counted 5 prepaid prearranged precooked prevent
calculate estimated value charged 6 preoccupied predict pretend prefer

1 Britain has decided to devalue the currency in order to


make exports more competitive. Signposts in writing
2 The votes were on the evening of the
election and had to be counted again. 6 Choose the best signpost of addition to complete the
sentences. Sometimes more than one answer is possible.
3 We the amount of food we’d need for the
party, and there was lots left over. 1 I attend French classes at night-school also / in addition
to / additionally studying English at school.
4 My first calculation of my tax bill didn’t look right so I
decided to it. 2 I lead a local young person’s orchestra. Also / In addition
to / Additionally, I’m a member of the school choir.
5 That meal was very cheap – I think they must have
us. 3 I worked as a team leader at a summer camp last year.
Also / In addition to / Additionally being a qualified
swimming instructor, I have a certificate in First Aid.
Used to, would 4 Also / In addition to / Additionally running a drama
group at my local theatre, I help people make
3 Put the verbs in the box in the correct form with used costumes for the annual summer play.
to or would. The first letter is given.
5 In my free time, I really enjoy teaching young children
to read and I also / in addition to / additionally go to
walk go look hate get enjoy complete care
keep-fit classes.

When I was at primary school, I 1 used to hate sports.


I remember we u 2 cross country running, and I w
3 most of the way instead of running. I didn’t u
4 the whole circuit. Instead, I w 5 for a short
cut. The sports teacher u 6 very angry with me, but
I didn’t u 7 . What about you? Did you u 8
sports?

68 unit 5 a head for business


Unit 6
In the spotlight
UNIT OBJECTIVES
• find out about entertainment
• read and understand a text on entertainment

topic words: entertainment

listen to a radio interview

grammar: comparatives and superlatives

word building: compound adjectives

speaking: inviting and responding to
invitations

writing: a critical review

life skill: communication skills

Look at the photo. Talk to your


partner for one minute about what
you can see.
VIDEO 1 VIDEO 2
Think about these questions:
• what are the people doing?
• which play do you think they are performing?
• how do you think they are feeling?
Have you ever performed on stage?

69
in the spotlight unit 6 69
Reading

1   Look at the photos, title and first paragraph.


What do you think the rest of the text will be about?
Exam focus: antonyms
Compare and discuss with a partner.
6 Follow stages 1 – 4 for finding an antonym for the
2 Read the words highlighted in green in the text. Match word tense in paragraph 1.
them with the definitions in the box. Then read the 1 Think about different meanings of the given word.
sentences containing the words. Are your answers 2 Decide if the given word is positive, negative or
correct? neutral. If it is positive, the antonym will be the
negative. If negative, the antonym will be positive.
1 attract attention or interest (v) 3 Look closely at the text for words related to the
2 the focus of public attention and interest (n) meaning of the given word.
3 a part of something larger (n) 4 Check the meaning of the antonym in a dictionary.
4 to seem completely unimportant (v) Find antonyms for the following words in the text.
7
5 an amount of time which is officially allowed for Follow stages 1 – 4 in Exercise 6.
a single event in a planned order of events (n)
1 unpopular (paragraph 2)
6 morally correct (adj)
2 easiest (paragraph 3)
7 someone who introduces guests
and performers (n) 3 insignificant (paragraph 3)
8 a large round container (n) 4 uncreative (paragraph 4)
5 imperfect (paragraph 5)

3 Translate the highlighted words in Exercise 2 into your 8 Answer the questions according to the information in
language. the text. Use your own words.
1 What do you think the writer thinks about Edinburgh
4 Read the text quickly – in about three minutes! Was in August?
your answer to Exercise 1 correct? 2 Why do new comedians like The Fringe?
3 What makes performing at the festival difficult for
5   2.24 Read the text again and listen. Are the new comedians?
following statements true or false? Copy the evidence
4 How was Bridget Christie's show described?
from the text.
5 What does Steve Coogan mean when he says ‘You
1 People who arrive at the Edinburgh Festival come
can really go from zero to hero in four weeks.’?
from all over the world.
2 Comedians who perform at the festival never become 9   Why, in the writer’s opinion, is Edinburgh the
well-known. Capital of Comedy? Compare and discuss with a partner.
3 All the venues for shows have large audiences.
4 Most comedians are hoping to be nominated for one
of the Edinburgh Comedy Awards. Phrasal verbs
5 The Fringe award in Edinburgh is insignificant
turn up: arrive
compared to the other awards.
go on to do sth: to do something else in the future
slip away: if someone’s power or the possibility of
them winning or achieving something slips away,
Tip it disappears
An antonym has the opposite meaning to turn into: to change to become someone or
another word. Thinking about antonyms can help something different
you understand new vocabulary.

70 unit 6 in the spotlight


Unit 6

When Edinburgh
becomes the
capital of comedy

F
or most of the year, Most of the new comedy acts
Edinburgh is one of the appearing in Edinburgh will be
most laid-back capital looking for a place in the limelight,
cities, thanks to its 50 and this means getting your name
5 relatively small population. But when on the shortlist for the Edinburgh
August arrives, it’s all change. There Comedy Awards. This offers not only
are twice as many people, and the a chance to get noticed but also the
atmosphere gets a whole lot livelier. opportunity to come first and win the
It’s the largest arts celebration in 55 £10,000 prize. This year, the prize was
10 the world, and performers turn up won by Bridget Christie, whose show
from all corners of the globe. They was described as 'an hour of feminist
call it ‘The Festival’, but in reality, it’s a comedy which is as full of imaginative
collection of simultaneous festivals, jokes as it is of righteous anger'.
one for each branch of the arts, and 60 Past award winner Steve Coogan
15 it’s the highlight of the city’s cultural attended this year’s awards as the host
calendar. One particularly popular at the prize-giving ceremony. After
branch of the festival is known as ‘The seeing some of this year’s acts, Coogan
Fringe’, and it’s the largest comedy was enthusiastic: ‘I get excited when
gathering in the world. 65 I see comedians doing something
20 The Fringe has become more and new rather than something polished’.
more popular among comedians since Coogan, who won the award 21 years
the 1980s because it has acquired a ago, said, ‘My memory of it is that it is
reputation as the best place to launch a one of the most exciting things that
career. Many of the acts who have won 70 happens to you. Other awards pale
25 awards here in the past have gone on into insignificance compared to The
to become household names – the likes Fringe award in Edinburgh because
of Frank Skinner, Steve Coogan and it is such an exciting
Streetwise Lee Evans. Of course, for every success cauldron of talent’, he
story, there are many more who slip 75 explained, ‘You can
hopefuls 30 away into anonymity as soon as the really go from
A hopeful is a person who is festival is over, but it is, nevertheless, zero to hero
trying to get a part in a film, the opportunity of a lifetime. in four weeks’.
play or famous sports team. If Edinburgh is the biggest comedy Truly, in August,
… new comedy hopefuls have event in the world, it’s also perhaps the 80 Edinburgh turns
to take to the stage …
35 toughest. Few comedy festivals last into the capital
longer than a week, but at The Fringe, of comedy.
new comedy hopefuls have to take
to the stage and make the audience
laugh for 20 minutes a day, six days
Get it right 40 a week, for a three-week stretch. The
luckier ones get an evening slot at one
We say:
of the more prestigious venues, where
✓It’s the biggest comedy they will draw a crowd. Those who are
event in the world. less fortunate may find themselves
✗ It’s the more bigger comedy 45 performing in a dark pub cellar in the
event in the world. early afternoon to an audience of three.

in the spotlight unit 6 71


Vocabulary

Entertainment
1 Match the words in the box with their meanings. 4 Find the collocations in the two columns.
1–b
applause audience catapulted curtain dimmed
1 a buzz a applause
encore highlight household name limelight 
2 a polished b of excitement
ovation performer row spotlight stage wings
3 a standing c ovation
1 become less bright – dimmed 4 centre d performance
2 a circle of bright light created by a lamp 5 rapturous e row
3 an extra song or piece of music at the end of a show 6 the front f stage
4 the side parts of a stage Complete the sentences with collocations from
5
5 a famous person that most people know of Exercise 4.
6 thrown with great force 1 The concert ended to rapturous applause from the
7 public attention and interest audience.
8 an occasion when people express great enjoyment 2 Steve Coogan took at The Fringe award
usually by clapping ceremony.
9 the people who are watching a performance 3 I was lucky enough to get a seat on .
10 the noise of many people clapping their hands 4 There was at the stage door as people
11 the best or most exciting, entertaining or interesting waited to see the singer walk out.
part of something
6 Choose the best adjective. You may use a dictionary.
12 a large screen of heavy material in a theatre
13 a line of seats placed next to each other 1 People were rolling in the aisles during the comedian’s
(hilarious / laid-back / gripping / cult) performance.
14 a high area where actors perform
2 The show received very poor reviews. One critic said it was
15 an entertainer (cutting-edge / enthralling / nothing special / well-known).

2 Complete the text with the words from Exercise 1. 3 Many (best-selling / topical / sell-out / spellbinding)
authors appear at the literary festival.
You don't need to use all of the words.
4 The lead actress gave a (well-known / spellbinding /cult
/ nothing special) performance as Lady McBeth.

7 Find synonyms for these adjectives from Exercise 6.


1 funny – hilarious 5 popular
2 exciting 6 relaxed
3 famous 7 up-to-date
4 ordinary
There was a buzz of excitement in the crowd as the
lights dimmed and the 1 curtain was raised. On
8   Tell a partner about a live performance that
stage, there was nothing but a solitary microphone
standing in the 2 . Then, the 3 appeared you have seen. Use as many words from this page as
from the wings and took centre stage. She seemed possible.
shy and ordinary, but when she began to sing, you
could understand how this young woman had been PV
catapulted into the 4 almost overnight. The
9 Make sentences from the box.
5 was enthralled. She finished to rapturous
6 , and flowers were thrown onto the 7
1 You never know a serious
from the front 8 . There was a standing 9
which celebrities will drama.
as she bowed and walked off, leaving people
begging for an 10 . Everyone agreed that her
2 The actor went away at the Oscar
3 He was catapulted awards.
polished performance had been the 11 of the slipped into
festival and she was destined to become a 12 . into the limelight to perform
turn on
Then she woke up – it had all been a dream! but quickly all over the
turned up world.
4 The series started
out as a comedy but into
3   2.25 Listen and check your answers. gradually anonymity.

72 unit 6 in the spotlight


Listening Unit 6
STAGE FRIGHT
A radio interview ANXIETY

ON STAGE

1 You will hear the beginning of a radio


interview in which the speakers use the following
EXCITEMENT
words and phrases in the photo. What do you think PERFORMING
the interview will be about? Discuss with a partner.

2 2.26Listen to the first part of the interview. Does it


confirm your ideas? Compare and discuss with a partner. Tip
To check you have correctly understood the
3 2.27 Listen to the second part of the interview. topic, first listen for key words and then for more
Put the following topics in the order you hear them. vocabulary connected to the topic.
1 being prepared 4 breathing techniques
2 reacting to people 5 working with
your fears
5 2.27 Listen to the second part of the interview
3 looking at the again and complete the sentences. Write no more than
whole picture
three words for each space. Compare with a partner.

4 Listen to the second part again. Choose the


2.27
1 The first thing a performer is improve their
breathing habits.
best answer according to the interview.
1 Why does Irene comment that it’s strange to say we 2 The more you make eye-contact, the better .
have to learn to breathe? 3 Artists are usually so well prepared, they don’t have to
the order of their songs when they are on
a It’s a physical act of performing.
stage.
b We need body-relaxing techniques.
4 The audience have to think about as well.
c We already know how to do it.
d We need to pay attention to it.
Idioms
2 How will making eye contact help a performer?
a It’ll make you feel better. 6 Read these extracts from the interview. Match the
b It’ll make the audience feel better. idioms in bold with their meanings.
c It’ll make the audience react. 1 I do have a bit of adrenaline pumping round my body
d It’ll make people smile. right now, you know, butterflies in my stomach.
3 What impression do people often get when great 2 … so all that talent goes down the drain.
artists are performing? 3 … to help them get to grips with their anxiety.
a The artists haven’t planned which songs they will sing. 4 Can you suggest any tricks of the trade?
b The artists have practised their songs in order. 5 … you often get the impression that they’re making it
c The artists are inventing the order of their songs as up as they go along.
they are performing.
a be totally wasted
d The artists aren’t prepared.
b special techniques known by experts
4 What should people do if they feel afraid performing in
c do something without planning it
public?
d a nervous feeling before doing something important
a Have a drink to help them relax.
e deal with
b Work harder.
c Fight against the feeling. 7 Do you think Irene Coleman’s advice is good?
d Remember that the feeling is normal. Why / Why not? Compare and discuss with a partner.
5 What should an artist do if people in the audience talk
to each other during their performance? Reflection
a Leave the stage.
b Start a conversation with the audience. 8 What helped you understand the listening?
c Focus on people who are paying attention. • Thinking about the topic before listening.
d Think about other problems. • Listening for key words.
• Listening for vocabulary connected to the topic.

in the spotlight unit 6 73


Grammar

Comparatives and superlatives


Comparatives Get + comparative + and +
1 Read the sentences and answer the questions.
comparative
TV screens are bigger than they used to be. 5 Read the sentences and answer the questions.
Computer games are more sophisticated than they were in The tickets are getting more and more expensive every season.
the past.
This series is getting better and better.
Mobile phones are often less expensive than they were.
Special effects in films are much better these days. 1 Which verb is used to describe a gradual process?
1 When do you use more before a comparative? 2 How many times is the comparative used?
2 Which comparative is irregular? See Language reference on page 99.
3 What is the opposite of more?
4 How do you say very before a comparative? 6 Rewrite the sentences using get and the comparative of
the adjectives in brackets.
See Language reference on page 99. 1 Christmas is approaching. (near)
Christmas is getting nearer and nearer.
2   Make more sentences about the photos using the 2 We are all ageing all the time. (old)
adjectives in the box. Compare with a partner. 3 The applause gradually increased in volume. (loud)
bad big clear expensive good
popular realistic small sophisticated Tip
Notice how the + comparative is used to show
The picture on a TV is much clearer now than it used to be. that one change is connected to another.
The more you talk to them, the better you’ll feel.
a b

See Language reference on page 99.

7 Rewrite the sentences using the adjective or adverb in


brackets with the + comparative.
c d
The past

Today

1 (near) we came to the opening night, (nervous) I became.


The nearer we came to the opening night, the more
nervous I became.
2 (well-prepared) you are, (good) it will be.
e f 3 (anxious) you are, (bad) your performance.

Tip
We use as … + as … to compare equivalent
aspects of two things.
3   2.28 Read the sentences. All of the options in The film is as good as the book.
brackets are possible alternatives. Listen and indicate Notice that you can use not as . . . as or not so . . . as
the alternative you hear. instead of the comparative.
Jim Carey isn’t as / so funny as Rowan Atkinson.
1 Game of Thrones was fantastic.
2 Yes, but Marco Polo is (far better / much better / better
by far). See Language reference on page 99.
3 Well, I think Game of Thrones was (slightly better / a
little better/ a bit better), myself. (Not) as . . . as
4 To me, Game of Thrones is (no better /n’t any better)
than Breaking Bad. Rewrite the sentences using not as …
8
4   Work with a partner. Have similar conversations
1 The book’s better than the film.
The film isn’t as good as the book.
to the one in Exercise 3 about films or TV. Try to use all
of the expressions in brackets. 2 Modern dance is more exciting than ballet.
3 The opera is more expensive than the theatre.
74 unit 6 in the spotlight
Unit 6

9 2.29 Listen and check your answers. Get it right


Pronunciation: than and as We say:
✓ It’s the same as the film.
10 Listen again. Notice that the pronunciation
2.29 ✗ It’s the same like the film.
of than and as is very weak. Try saying the sentences in
Exercise 8 yourself.
Superlatives
Tip 13 Read the sentences and answer the questions.
Content words such as verbs, nouns and It’s the largest arts celebration in the world.
adjectives are normally stressed on one syllable.
Learning to breathe properly is the most relaxing thing
Grammatical words like a, the, than, as, of, is, he etc.
I've ever done.
are normally unstressed
better than the film = ● ● ● ● ● He was the best in the show.
1 How do you form the superlative?
11 2.30 Listen and decide which phrase does not
2 Which word normally goes before it in a sentence?
have the stress pattern shown.
See Language reference on page 99.
1 ● ● ● ● better by far, as tall as me, bigger than Spain,
almost as hot
2 ● ● ● ● ● nicer than spring, funnier than that, further 14 Make sentences about these things.
than we thought, higher than the moon 1 Mount Everest 3 Russia
Mount Everest is the highest 4 The Pacific Ocean
3 ● ● ● ● twice as far, as cold as ice, at least as good, as
mountain in the world.
hard as rock 5 Antarctica
4 ● ●●●● the same as the film, livelier than the first,
2 The River Nile
as long as you know, it’s better than that
15 Complete the text with the superlative form of the
adjectives in the box.
Tip
Note that before as, you can often use words and exciting large popular relaxed tough well-known
phrases like not, almost, twice, at least, etc.
There are twice as many people here today.
London is at least as big as Paris. Edinburgh is one of the 1
most relaxed and laid-back
of capital cities, except at
12 Work with a partner and make sentences from the festival time. The Edinburgh
box. You can use your own ideas too. festival is the 2 arts
Madrid is nowhere near as busy as London. celebration in the world,
and one of the 3
1 2 3 4 5 parts of it is the comedy. But for the comedians, The Fringe
is perhaps the 4 comedy event they’ll experience
not because the competition for an award is intense. Winning
almost expensive an award is one of the 5 things that can happen to
Europe is as Africa.
twice hot an up-and-coming comedian. Many of Britain’s 6
Madrid is as Seville. household names started their careers in this way.
three times far
Moscow is as Paris.
nearly as big
Spain is as Brazil.
just busy 16 2.31 Listen and check your answers.
English is as Spanish.
at least nice
Edinburgh is as London. 17 Work with a partner. Ask and answer the questions.
nowhere difficult
near 1 Which recent film do you think is the most exciting?
2 Which do you think is the best band at the moment?
3 Who do you think is the funniest comedian?
4 What’s the worst show you’ve ever been to?

in the spotlight unit 6 75


Vocabulary

Compound adjectives
1 Match the compound adjectives in the box with the 5 Some parts of compound adjectives, such as well, occur
meanings. in many other adjectives. Look at these adjectives and
say what they mean.
best-selling cutting-edge  full-length  mind-numbing 1 well-known 5 well-built
page-turning  quick-witted  rib-tickling 2 well-fed 6 well-loved
run-of-the-mill  state-of-the-art  tear-jerking 3 well-kept 7 well-behaved
top-quality  wheelchair-friendly 4 well-read 8 well-dressed

1 very modern 7 not shortened Tip


state-of-the-art 8 very popular In compounds with well- (and many others too):
2 fast thinking 9 good for disabled - use a hyphen before a noun: a well-behaved child
3 makes you want to people - don’t use a hyphen after a noun: a child who is
keep reading 10 makes you laugh well behaved
4 extremely boring 11 dull and ordinary
5 very modern 12 of the best possible 6 Find one part of a compound adjective from
6 causes you to cry standard
Exercise 1 which will fit with all the words in each list
below. Explain what the compound adjectives mean.
You may use a dictionary.
1 -length -time -bodied -scale full-
2 -numbing -blowing -boggling -altering
3 -quality -heavy -notch -of-the-range
4 wheelchair- user- child- eco-
5 full- knee- shoulder- floor-
6 top- poor- high- good-

2 Complete the sentences with parts of the compound


adjectives in the box. Tip
The compound adjective ending –friendly is
art best edge friendly full particularly generative. People often create new
mind quality quick tear turning adjectives with this ending, and it’s easy to guess
the meaning, for example, It’s a very bike-friendly city.
1 It was a mind-numbing script and the acting was very (It’s a good city to ride a bike in).
run-of-the-mill.
2 It’s a real -selling, page- thriller.
Replace the words in bold with compound adjectives
7
3 It was a -length epic with a really sad, from this page.
-jerking ending.
I find most biographies 1 extremely boring. Often,
4 It’s a cutting- game with top- they are a 2 very ordinary narration of the events in
graphics. the protagonist’s life. Reading a(n) 3 unshortened
5 It was a funny show, full of -witted remarks biography is hard work for me. But this one was different.
and rib-tickling gags. Parts of the book were 4 extremely sad, but it was
6 It had state-of-the- facilities and also full of 5 hilarious jokes and observations. It’s
wheelchair-______ access. no surprise that it has become a 6 very popular
book. The author is not 7 famous, but she deserves
3   2.32 Listen and check your answers. to be. It was also illustrated with some 8 excellent
photographs and drawings.
4 Decide what the opinions in Exercise 2 are about.
Match them with the forms or place of entertainment 8   2.33 Listen and check your answers.
in the box.
9   Tell a partner about a book you’ve read or a film
a comedy show  a computer game  a film you’ve seen recently. Use as many of the compound
adjectives on this page as possible.
a novel  a play  a venue

76 unit 6 in the spotlight


Speaking Unit 6
Inviting and responding to invitations Life skill
Skills
Being a good listener
Identifying the problem
Discuss with a partner.
1 Look at the photo. What is
this person doing? How do
you think she feels?
2 Imagine you are explaining
1 Look at the photos. Which activity would you most like to do? Which one something important
would you least like to do? Why? Discuss with a partner. to this person. What
does her body language
2 2.34 Read and listen to the conversation. How is it connected to the photos in
communicate to you?
Exercise 1?
Monica: Are you doing anything on Rachel: Well, I’d rather just watch the Suggesting a solution
Friday night? others perform, to be honest. I’m sure
they’d be a lot better than me. Compare with a partner.
Rachel: I don’t think so. Why?
Monica: You’re at least as good as anyone 3 How can you listen well
Monica: Well, a few of us are going to an
open-microphone evening and I was else in the group. Why don’t we rehearse a and show that you are
wondering if you fancied coming along. bit this afternoon and see how it sounds? listening well?
Rachel: Open-microphone? Do you Rachel: Do you have any songs in mind?
What about you?
mean I’d have to perform? I get stage Monica: Well, what about doing a Beatles
fright just thinking about it! song? You can play Yesterday, can’t you? Tell your partner or the class.
Monica: We could do something Rachel: I’d rather do Hey Jude, actually. 4 Hearing is not the same
together. I could sing and you could play Monica: Good idea! I know all of the as listening. When do you
the guitar. What do you think? words to that. So are we on, then? really listen and when do
Rachel: Well, yes, OK. Let’s do it! Thanks. you only hear?

3 Find phrases in the conversation for the following functions:


1 inviting 4 asking for a response
2 checking on meaning 5 refusing / stating a preference
3 suggesting 6 agreeing to a suggestion

Useful language
Responding Responding
Inviting positively to negatively to
invitations invitations
Do you fancy …? We could … Good idea! I’d rather… /
How about +ing? What about … I’d love to. I’d rather do
something else.
I was wondering What do Thanks.
if … you think? No thanks.
What a great idea!
Let's … / Shall Why don’t Sorry, but… Communication
we …? we …? skills
"Most of the successful people
I've known are the ones
Tip who do more listening than
Offer an alternative suggestion or give a reason when you refuse an invitation. talking." Bernard Baruch
Remember: the greater part
of being a good communicator
4 Work with a partner. Practise the conversation in Exercise 2.
is being a good listener.

5 Work with a partner. Make a list of things you could invite each other to do.
Take turns to convince each other to do one of the things on your list.

in the spotlight unit 6 77


Writing

A critical review
Writing task: write a critical review of a stage show. (120 – 150 words).

This production at the National Theatre was the mind-blowing


is an adaptation of Morpurgo’s novel War realism of the puppets. Each
Horse. It tells the story of love and war one is controlled by three
through the eyes of a horse. Horses are people, and the movements
represented on stage by amazing life-size are so horse-like that you
puppets. quickly forget they are only puppets.
As in Morpurgo’s book, the main Like Spielberg’s movie version, the plot
character in the action is a horse called feels too tear-jerking at times, but the
Joey. The story begins in 1914 on a farm highly-skilled puppet work makes the
in England, but when Joey is sold to theatre version much more impressive.
an army captain, the action moves to I would heartily recommend this
wartime France. There, he is a witness to production. It will amaze you from
all the horrors of war, and has a couple of the moment the curtain is raised
very lucky escapes from death. to the final applause two and a
For me, the highlight of the production half hours later.

1 Look at the photos and read the review. What do you 3 Answer the questions with adjectives. Use a dictionary
notice about the horse and what does the writer of the to help you.
review feel about it? 1 What are the horses like on stage?
2 How does the horse avoid death during the war?
2 Answer the questions.
3 What was the highlight of the production for the writer?
Paragraph 1 Where did the performance take place?
4 How does the writer describe the plot?
Where does the story come from?
5 What makes the theatre version impressive for the writer?
What’s the main theme?
Paragraph 2 Who is the main character?
What happens to the main character?
Writing builder
Paragraph 3 How did the writer feel about the 4 Complete the text with the words and phrases in the box.
performance? Why?
Paragraph 4 What advice does the writer give? concise opinion origin performance
plot recommendation

Tip When you write a critical review of a play, begin by saying


Use compound adjectives to give concise where the 1 performance took place and explain the
descriptions. 2 of the story.
Introduce the main character(s) and give a brief summary
of the 3 . Use compound adjectives where you
can to give 4 descriptions of the actors or the
performance. State your own 5 giving clear reasons
for your thoughts. Finally, end the review with a personal
6 .

78 unit 6 in the spotlight


Unit 6

Signpost Write!
Writers use signposts to introduce comparisons with
other works and their opinions, for example, using the 7 Write a critical review of a performance. (120 - 150 words).
highlighted words and phrases as in, like, for me and I
would/wouldn’t
Steps
STEP 1: Getting ideas
5 Choose the best signpost to complete the sentences.
1 (As in / For me / Like) this is the greatest musical I have • Work with a partner. Choose a stage show you know
ever seen. about.
2 Her powerful singing voice is superb, (as in / for me / • Brainstorm information about place, the origin, main
like) all of her shows. character and plot.
3 The play is very cleverly written, and (for me / I would / • Write notes of some compound adjectives you could
I wouldn’t) recommend it without hesitation. use. Use your dictionary to help.
4 (As in / For me / Like) the book by the same name, the • Write notes in an essay structure box like this.
stage production included the tap-dancing Oompa-
Loompas. Introduction Plot and Good Recommendation
5 A deeply-moving, not-to-be missed love story. (For me character and bad
/ I would / I wouldn’t) recommend it to anyone who points
likes emotional roller-coasters.
6 This semi-biographical story wasn’t really convincing
enough. (For me / I would / I wouldn’t) recommend it. STEP 2: Organising your ideas
and writing a first draft
Improve your writing • Write a first draft of your review.

6 Complete the critical review with signposts from • Use some of the expressions from Exercise 5.
Exercise 5. STEP 3: Reviewing your writing
MACBETH
This production of Shakespeare’s tragedy was performed • Reread your first draft and answer these questions.
in an open air theatre in Grosvenor Park. 1 Have you followed the paragraph sequence in
Exercise 2?
1 the original play, the main characters are
Macbeth and his overly-ambitious wife, who persuades 2 Have you used descriptive adjectives correctly?
him to commit murder in order to become king. 3 Have you used some signposts?
2 , the highlight of the production was the very 4 Is your grammar, spelling and punctuation correct?
life-like portrayal of emotions on the part of the main 5 Does each sentence move smoothly to the next?
actors, although some of the secondary actors were
unconvincing. STEP 4: Writing a final draft
3 certainly recommend this production. But take a
coat – it can get rather cold as the evening goes on! • Recheck your work before handing it in.
• Write a brief note to your teacher about why you
chose this performance.
Useful language
Talking about similarity Introducing opinion
as in For me …
by the same token I would / wouldn’t See Writing guide on page 105.
in like manner recommend …
in similar fashion
in the same way
like
likewise
similarly

in the spotlight unit 6 79


Review

Entertainment (Not) as . . . as
1 Complete the definitions with a word beginning with 4 Complete the second sentence so that it has the same
the letter given. meaning as the first. Use the word or phrase in brackets.
1 be catapulted into the limelight = achieve fame 1 Russia is much bigger than France. (nowhere near)
very quickly France is nowhere near as big as Russia.
2 the h of the event = the most interesting or 2 The finished movie is half the length of the editor’s cut.
entertaining part of the event (twice) The editor’s cut .
3 a standing o = when the audience give their 3 A short story is much shorter than a novel. (not nearly)
applause standing up A short story .
4 an e = an extra song after the end of a concert 4 A footballer's salary is no bigger than a film star's salary.
5 the front r = the front line of seats in a theatre (at least) A film star's .
6 someone who is a h name = someone who is
famous in the whole country Superlatives
Compound adjectives 5 Complete the questions with the superlative form of
one of the adjectives in the box.
2 Complete the sentences with the words in the box.
bad big exciting funny tough
behaved edge friendly jerking
1 What’s the most exciting thriller you have ever seen?
numbing selling tickling
2 Who’s comedian you have ever heard?
1 The show wasn’t just boring – it was totally mind- 3 What’s illness you have ever had?
numbing! 4 What’s exam you have ever taken?
2 There were many tear- moments when 5 What’s concert venue in your area?
everybody cried.
3 This game uses cutting- computer graphics.
Pronunciation awareness
4 It was a hilarious comedy, full of rib- jokes.
5 Your children are very polite and well- . 6 Choose the phrase which does not have the same
6 The London Underground is not very wheelchair- stress pattern.
. 1 as hot as June, as good as gold, as easy as that, as
7 J K Rowling is a best- author. tough as boots
2 nearly as far, bigger than France, almost as nice, livelier
Comparatives than jazz
3 the same as the book, as happy as Jack, the bigger the
3 Complete the text with words in the box. There are better, as funny as that
more words than you need.
Signposts in writing
an and any bigger bit
more more the worse 7 Choose the best signpost to complete the sentences.
1 This is an up-to-date performance of the traditional
I find documentaries far 1 more interesting than films. story. It’s beautifully acted and for me / I would / I
TV photography is getting better 2 better all the wouldn’t recommend it to anyone who enjoys theatre.
time, and the images we see of wildlife are amazing. 2 Like / For me / As in Agatha Christie, Patricia Highsmith
Movie makers seem to think that the 3 amazing was a crime writer.
special effects they put in a film, 4 better. But for 3 For me, / Like / I would the highlight of the production
me, reality is more spectacular by far. No alien from a sci-fi was at the beginning, when a huge model fighter plane
movie is 5 stranger than some of flew above the audience and crashed into the wall.
the animals in the ocean.
4 Although some people regard the production as
theatre not to be missed, the over-long performance
means that for me / I would / I wouldn’t recommend it.

80 unit 6 in the spotlight


Review 3 5/6
Units

Grammar
Used to, would 4 Complete the second sentence so that it has the same
meaning as the first, using as - as. Use the word or
1 Choose the correct word. phrase in brackets.
1 I didn’t (use to / used to / would) like strawberries as a child. 1 Chinese is much harder than English. (not nearly)
2 In those days, people (use / used / would) write letters English is not nearly as difficult as Chinese.
to say thank you for a present. 2 Madrid is half the size of London. (twice)
3 My grandmother (use / used / would) make cucumber 3 Diesel is slightly more expensive than petrol. (almost)
sandwiches. 4 The Oscars are much more famous than the Goya
4 My grandfather (use to / used to / would) be a bank awards. (nowhere near)
manager. 5 The coast isn’t more crowded in spring than in
5 How did you (use to / used to / would) communicate autumn. (just)
before we had email? 6 Turkey is probably further away than Poland. (at least)
6 What (use / used / would) your grandparents do on 7 Classical music is much more complicated than rock. (not)
their days off? 8 Hiring a film is slightly less expensive than going to the
7 There (use to / used to / would) be a bar on the corner, cinema. (a bit)
but it’s gone now.
8 We (use to / used / would) listen to the radio while we
were having dinner.
Superlatives
5 Put the words in order to make superlative sentences.
Wish, if only 1 in / the / capitals / one / is / most / Europe /
Amsterdam / of / laid-back
2 Read the first sentence and complete the second. Amsterdam is one of the most laid-back capitals in Europe.
1 I can’t remember the name of my grandfather’s parents. 2 the / the / in / Union / country / is / France / biggest /
I wish I could remember the name of my grandfather’s parents. European
2 I lost my passport. If only ... 3 companies / most / is / broadcasting / the / the / well-
3 You couldn’t come to my party. I wish ... known / of / BBC / one / world’s
4 Dad won’t stop shouting at me. If only ... 4 famous / Beatles’ / is / most / Yesterday / The / songs /
5 People keep sending me spam emails. I wish ... the / perhaps / of
6 I’m not very good at Maths. If only ... 5 largest / Scotland / the / is / but / the / not / Edinburgh
/ city / capital / in / it / is
7 I have to get up so early. I wish ...
6 of / one / high-rise / resorts / Benidorm / is / holiday /
8 I didn’t have many friends in my first school. If only ...
most / Europe’s

Comparatives
3 Complete the text with the comparative of the
adjective in brackets.
I like reading books in English. Obviously, it’s
much 1 slower (slow) and 2 (difficult)
than reading in Spanish, but the more you
read, the 3 (easy) it gets. I’m getting
4 and 5 (good) at it all the time.
In the past, English books used to be much
6 (expensive) than they are now, and
the choice was 7 (bad). Now, with
electronic books, the choice is far 8
(great). I started by reading simplified readers.
They were easy because they are short and
have 9 (few) difficult words in them.
But now I read 10 and 11 (long)
books all the time. My English is getting
12 (fluent) as well!

review 3 81
Review 3 5/6
Units

Vocabulary
Business Compound adjectives
1 Complete the text with the words and phrases in the box. 4 Complete the compound adjectives in the conversation
with the words in the box.
benefit employees fortune full-time
good head market out of business profit art jerker mill numbing
promising start up unemployed selling tickling turner witted

I got a job as a pizza delivery man. A: What did you think of the film. Very run-of-the- 1 mill,
Obviously, it was not a 1 promising wasn’t it?
career, and I didn’t exactly make a 2 . B: Yes, absolutely mind- 2 !
However, it was a 3 post with a salary,
A: I was expecting something hilarious. This wasn’t at all
and it was better than being 4 . I did
rib- 3 .
that for a while but then the restaurant
went 5 , so I was back on the job B: No. And I expected state-of-the- 4 special effects,
6 again. After six-months on unemployment 7 but it was dull.
, I decided to 8 my own business as a delivery man. A: It’s a pity, because it was based on a best- 5 book,
I got loads of work, and I discovered that I had quite a wasn’t it?
9 for business. Now I’ve got five 10 and the B: Yes, the book was a real page- 6 .
business makes a 11 every year.
A: I much preferred the sad film we saw last week.
B: Yes, that was really a tear- , wasn’t it?
Prefixes
7

A: Yes. It was a bit heavy though. A few funny moments


would have been nice.
2 Complete the words with one of the prefixes in the box.
B: Yes, maybe a few quick- 8 remarks to lighten the
mood a bit …
de- dis- mis- over- re-

Phrasal verbs
1 I realised that I had been overcharged, so I complained.
2 If a country prints too much money, the currency will 5 Complete the sentences with the correct form of the
be valued. phrasal verbs below.
3 I’m not tidy and my room is a organised mess.
4 The government calculated the budget to allow clock up come up with go on grow up
more money for defence.
put together slip away start up
5 I didn’t have enough tickets because I counted
the number in our group. turn into turn up sum up

Entertainment 1
2
You need to clock up a few years of work experience.
She’s decided to a small web-design business.
3 Complete the sentences with the words in the box. 3 I’ve an idea for a new book.
4 I’d like you to a report on your observations.
buzz cutting-edge highlight 5 It started out as a nice conversation but quickly
a heated argument.
household sell-out spotlight
6 In his day, he was one of the best actors in the world,
but as he got older, his career .
1 There was a buzz of excitement as the theatre lights 7 She started out as a street entertainer but to
dimmed.
become a world-famous singer.
2 There was a solitary figure alone in the .
8 I hadn’t seen her for three years, and then one evening,
3 The special effects in the film were . she on my doorstep.
4 The show was a complete every night. 9 He’s a small man with a big ego, that just about
5 Last week, he was an unknown comedian, now he’s a him .
name. 10 She knew from a very young age that she wanted to have
6 For me, the of the show was the guitar solo. her own business and be a millionaire when she .

82 review 3
Contents

Life skills 84-89

Language reference 90-99

Writing guide 100-105

Exam tips 106-110

Irregular verbs 111-112


Life skill Unit 1

Planning and organising


Understanding the skill Thinking further
1 Read the magazine article and make notes to answer 2 What about you? Look at the planning and organising
the questions. Compare and discuss with a partner. steps below and then do a and b. Compare with a partner.
1 What were the writer’s objectives for organising this a Decide a logical order to take these steps.
event?
b Identify the steps which the author of the article took.
2 How successful was it?
• allocate responsibilities • identify what
• calculate a budget needs to be done
• decide on an objective • make a timetable
• divide the big task • prepare a ‘Plan B’
into little tasks • set deadlines

3 Compare and discuss with a partner. Choose one of


the events below. Plan your event following the steps
in Exercise 2. Explain your plan to another pair.
• Preparing a party with food and drink for 20 people.
• Organising a holiday in Greece for four people.
• Creating a website for your group or team.

I
’ve always wanted to hike the Camino de Santiago, but
more than that – I wanted to do it for a good reason.
So, together with a couple of friends, I decided to do a
Skills for life
sponsored walk for charity.
4 Compare and discuss with a partner.
First of all, we researched the walk and decided it would 1 Read the tips for planning and organising. Which of
take us five weeks, from the French border to Santiago. them are new for you?
We thought we would do it in the summer holiday. Then
we looked for a charity which we wanted to support. We
2 Which of them do you already do?
hoped to raise €10,000 for an organisation which builds 3 Do you agree that they are all necessary? If not, why not?
wells in Africa. 4 Choose a tip to follow in the future.
The first priority on our to-do list was to raise
sponsorship. Obviously, we would need to look further
than family and friends, so we set up a blog, and Tips for planning and organising
spread the word on the social media. Once we got the
ball rolling, we approached a bottled water company, 1 Decide what you are going to do and why.
and they offered us €5,000 if we could raise the other 2 Make your objectives as clear as possible.
€5,000. Decide what you will need to do
3
Next, we had to organise the actual trip, and we had to to achieve your objective.
do it cheaply. We didn’t want to waste money which 4 Break the whole job down into smaller tasks.
could go to Africa. So we used only the cheapest form Plan a schedule showing the order
5
of public transport to reach the start of the journey and you will do the tasks in.
to come home at the end, and we stayed in very cheap
6 Take the first 30 minutes of every day to plan your day.
hostels along the way.
7 Set deadlines for when you would
We kept posting on the blog during like to complete each task.
the trip, and got more and more
8 If you are working with others, decide
supporters as we went along. When
who is responsible for what.
we finally reached Santiago, we had
raised over €12,000, so it was a great 9 Decide how much money you need and
success. Now there is a new well in have got, and how you will spend it.
Burkina Faso which would not be there 10 Decide on an alternative plan if something goes wrong.
if we hadn’t done the walk.

84 life skill unit 1 planning and organising


Life skill Unit 2

Wise use of resources


Understanding the skill Thinking further
1 Look at the photos. Work with a partner and decide 3 Answer the questions. Then compare with a partner.
what theme they all have in common. For each photo, 1 What steps could you take to use your resources more
explain how it relates to the theme. wisely? Tell a partner.
2 One of the most common regrets of elderly people is
that they did not take better advantage of their youth.
Imagine that you are old and wise. What advice would
you give to a young person such as your real self?

Skills for life


4 Compare and discuss with a partner.
1 Read the tips for using resources wisely. Which of
them are most appropriate for you, both now and in
the future?
2 Which of them do you already do?
3 Which do you think are most and least important?
2 What about you? Read the statements in the box and 4 Choose one to focus on in the next few weeks.
say how wasteful you are using the numbers 1 – 5.
Compare with a partner.
How wasteful are you? Tips for using resources wisely
1 = never 2= sometimes 3 = often 4 = very often 5 = all the time
1 Our environment is our greatest resource.
1 2 3 4 5 Don’t pollute it with your rubbish.
1 I spend time doing things which 2 Keep waste to a minimum, and be
I don’t enjoy for no purpose. careful of how you dispose of it.
3 Try to get the most use out of the things you
2 I get new gadgets even when my already have. Don’t keep buying new things and
old ones still function perfectly. throwing away old things which are perfectly good.
4 In work time, try to keep focused on what you
3 I spend money buying things are doing and avoid time-wasting distractions.
I don’t need or really want. Use your money wisely. Make a list of your
5
4 I fill my plate with more
priorities and budget of what you can afford,
food than I can eat and
and don’t just splash out on impulse.
throw lots away. 6 Make sure your eyes are not bigger than your stomach.
5 I end up throwing stuff Only serve yourself what you know you can eat.
away because it’s past 7 Water, electricity and heating are
its sell-by-date. not limitless resources. Make a habit of
conserving them as much as you can.
6 I ask people to do things for me
8 Respect other people’s time. Don’t make
that I could easily do for myself.
them waste it doing things for you which
7 I do things like leaving you could and should do for yourself.
water running or windows Respect people who are less fortunate than
9
open in winter. yourself. Don’t waste resources just because
8 I throw things in a you can – if you don’t need it, don’t take it!
normal bin which could
10 Your time on this planet will not last forever.
go in a recycling bin.
This is the wisdom of the elderly, but try to
9 I leave lights or the TV on even keep it in mind when you are young!
when I’m not using them.

wise use of resources unit 2 life skill 85


Life skill Unit 3

Stress management
Understanding the skill Thinking further
1 Read the magazine article and make notes to answer the 2 What about you? Do the task below with a partner.
questions in blue. Compare and discuss with a partner. Films and TV dramas usually show characters in very
stressful situations.
What is stress?
1 Think of a character who seemed to deal with stress
I
t’s a natural physical response to difficult situations,
well and decide how they managed to do it.
and it can be very useful. After all, it can save your
life by helping you to react quickly and giving you the
2 Think of a character who dealt with stress badly. What
advice would you give them?
strength and energy to defend yourself. However,
in modern life it is more often a bad thing. It creates
useless tension which, in the long run, doesn't do your
3 Compare with another partner.
health and happiness any good.

How can we deal with stress?


Skills for life
First of all, we have to identify what the cause
is. Then we have to identify what kind of 4 Compare and discuss with a partner.
stress it is - stress which we can avoid, 1 Read the tips for stress management. Which of them do
stress which we can’t avoid or stress which you think are most appropriate for you, both now and in
we create for ourselves. Our response will the future?
depend on which of these kinds it is. 2 Which of them do you already do?
Stress we can avoid 3 Which do you think are most and least important?
If you know something causes you stress and it is 4 Choose one to focus on in the next few weeks.
something of no value in your life, then avoid it. For
example, don’t play a computer game which stresses
you out and gives you no enjoyment. However, if
it is something of value and you really want to do
Tips for stress management
it, prepare for it well, and focus your mind on the Do something physical. You may be short of time,
1
benefits of it. For example, if you want to act in a play, but there should always be time for exercise.
but you are terrified of going to an audition, prepare
2 Get regular sleep. If you have trouble getting
very carefully for the audition and keep thinking of
to sleep, make sure you spend some time doing
how good it will be if you succeed.
something relaxing before you go to bed.
Stress we can’t avoid Learn to use relaxation techniques. Breathing
3
This kind of stress may come from a range of sources, exercises are a good place to start.
from losing a job to the break up of a relationship
4 Let off steam. Talk about your problems
or even the death of a loved one. The key here is to
with a good friend. Or just have a good
manage your stress in healthy ways. For example, by
laugh together. Laughter eases tension.
talking to a close friend. Physical activity can also help,
from breathing and relaxation strategies to physical 5 Know yourself. Notice what makes you stressed.
exercise. We should avoid responding to stress in Perhaps keep a diary so that you can see patterns.
unhealthy ways such as obsessive eating and drinking, 6 Don’t do things today which will create a stressful
or internet browsing, or avoidance of all social contact. situation for you tomorrow. For example, don’t make
a promise that you haven’t got time to keep.
Stress we create
Sometimes, we are the cause of our own stress. In order to 7 Think outside the box. If you have a problem, don’t
confront this, first we must recognise what we are doing.
just go for the first solution that comes to you. Think
For example, some of the unhealthy responses to stress
of other ideas too – there may be better solutions.
mentioned above can actually cause stress. We may also 8 Avoid unhealthy responses to stress
cause ourselves stress when we cause stress to others, like overeating or drinking. These can
by behaving selfishly, for example. The trick here is to cause more stress than they relieve.
recognise what you are doing wrong and stop doing it! 9 Avoid using electronic devices to relax –
1 Think of examples in your own life of the three
they tend to stimulate rather than relax.
kinds of stress mentioned in the article. 10 Listen to music – create a playlist with sounds
from nature and allow your mind to focus on
2 Think of strategies you use to deal with stress and
the different instruments and melodies.
decide if they are effective.

86 life skill unit 3 stress management


Life skill Unit 4

Problem solving
Understanding the skill Thinking further
1 Read the story and make notes to answer the 3 Read about the problem and answer the questions.
questions in blue. Compare and discuss with a partner. A farmer must take a wolf, a goat and a cabbage across
a river. He has a small boat which will only take himself
and one of these items at a time. He can’t leave the wolf
I
n the book Tom Sawyer by
American author Mark
alone with the goat, and he can’t leave the goat alone
Twain, there is this story
with the cabbage. How can he achieve this?
about how Tom solves the 1 What is the goal and the obstacles in the problem?
problem of getting his 2 Why can’t the farmer leave the goat with the wolf, or
friends to help him to do an the cabbage with the goat?
unpleasant chore.
3 Can you think of a solution to this problem?
It was a beautiful Saturday
morning, and the world was Skills for life
alive with possibilities. Tom
would have loved to be able to relax and have a good time
with his friends, but instead he had to paint the fence
4 Compare and discuss with a partner.
of the house. It was a dull job, and it would take up most 1 Read the tips for problem solving. Which of them are
of the day and to make matters worse, his friends would new for you?
be passing by, enjoying themselves. He knew that if he 2 Which of them do you often do?
asked them to help, they would just laugh in his face. But 3 Which do you think are most and least important?
then he had a moment of great inspiration.
4 Choose one to focus on next time you face a problem.
He started painting, working very carefully, stepping
back every so often to examine his work. When his
friend Ben passed by on his way to swim, happily eating
an apple, he tried to catch Tom’s attention, but Tom Tips for problem solving
was too absorbed in his work to notice. Ben wondered
1 Identify your problem. What exactly is your
what was so interesting about painting a fence, and Tom
goal? What obstacles stand in your way?
explained that it was an opportunity a boy doesn’t get
every day. Curious now, Ben asked if he could try it, but 2 Do some research. Try to build a clearer
Tom refused, saying that his aunt would not allow it, and picture of the obstacles you face.
in any case, Ben would not be good at it. Now Ben was 3 Brainstorm solutions. Try to think of all
determined to do it, and he offered to give Tom his apple possible solutions to the problem, even ones
if Tom would let him paint. Tom agreed, pretending to which don’t seem very promising at first.
look unhappy as he gave Ben his brush. Analyse the possibilities and make a decision. Usually,
4
For the rest of the day, other boys came past and saw there will be positive and negative aspects to all ideas,
what was happening, and they all wanted to take a turn so you need to balance these against each other.
at painting – and each of them gave Tom a gift for the 5 Put your plan into action. Keep an eye
privilege. What had started out as a miserable morning out for more obstacles along the way
had turned into a fine day! which you hadn’t thought of before.
1 What was Tom’s goal, and what was the obstacle? 6 Use your time for problems that are truly
important – don’t waste time unnecessarily.
2 What was Tom’s solution to the problem?
7 Remember to measure properly so that
3 How do you think Tom would evaluate the results of you know when the problem is solved
his plan? and don’t spend any more time on it.
8 Communicate with others – they might be
2 What about you? Do the tasks below and compare able to help you more than you think!
with a partner. 9 Meet your commitments. Do what you promise
1 Think of one of your goals. and don’t promise what you can’t deliver.
2 List some of the obstacles that you have to cross to 10 Evaluate your plan. Has it succeeded in solving your
reach your goal. problem, or do you need to rethink your approach?
3 Brainstorm possible solutions.

problem solving unit 4 life skill 87


Life skill Unit 5

Interview skills
Understanding the skill Thinking further
1 Read the infographic and make notes to answer the 3 Discuss these questions with a partner.
questions in blue. Compare and discuss with a partner. 1 They say, ‘Never judge a book by its cover’. Why do
employers at a job interview judge candidates by
their manner and appearance? Do you think it is
33%
In a survery of 2000 bosses claimed that they know within the reasonable for them to do so?
first 90 seconds of an interview whether they will hire someone. 2 Would you be happy to completely change the
In the same survey, the worst mistakes made at a job interview were:
way you dress and behave in order to give a good
impression at a job interview? Why?/ Why not?
21%
47%
playing with hair
or touching face
Skills for life
having little or
no knowledge Statistics show that 4 Compare and discuss with a partner.
of the company when meeting new
people the impact is: 1 Read the tips for interview skills. Which of them are
new for you?
67% 7%
lack of eye contact 2 Which do you think you would be good at and which
from what we
actually say would you find difficult?
38% 3 Which do you think are most and least important?
lack of smile
38% 4 Choose three to work hard on the next time you are
the quality of our
preparing for an interview.
33% voice, grammar and
overall confidence
bad posture
55% Tips for interview skills
21% the way we dress,
act and walk 1 Do your research. Find out as much about
crossing arms
through the door the employer as possible and be ready to
over chest
explain why you want to work there.
Statistics show that
9% bright colours are a 2 Be specific. If there are a range of positions on
too many hand turn-off and: offer, decide which one you would like to fill.
gestures
70% of employers claim 3 Think about any relevant qualifications,
skills or experience you have, and be
26% that they don’t want applicants
to be fashionable or trendy ready to talk about them if asked.
weak handshake

33% 65% of bosses said clothes 4 Be ready to talk about your weaknesses
could be the deciding factor as well as your strengths.
fidgeting too much
between two similar candidates Prepare some questions you would like to ask
5
about the company, if you have the opportunity.
According to the infographic, what are the worst things you 6 If you have had a previous job and left it, be
can do at a job interview? And the best things? ready to talk about your experience there and
your reasons for leaving. Avoid making negative
remarks about your previous employer!
7 Remember it’s not just about you and what
2 What about you? Do the tasks below and compare you want. Keep in mind the point of view of the
with a partner. employers and what they are looking for. And
1 Think about occasions when you meet a person for the don’t forget the interviewer may be nervous too!
first time. What things do you notice first about them? 8 Control your body language. Avoid playing with your
2 Are you aware of your own body language? What hair and fidgeting. Smile and make eye contact.
gestures to you often use? How do you like to dress, 9 Look the part. Dress as if you are applying for
normally? the level above the job you are applying for.
And remember that most employers are not
looking for a bold fashion statement from you.
10 Speak clearly and act with confidence
from the start. First impressions matter.

88 life skill unit 5 interview skills


Life skill Unit 6

Communication skills
2 What about you? Answer the questions and tell a partner.
Understanding the skill 1 Do you think that you are ‘guilty’ of creating any of the
invisible barriers to communication mentioned in the
1 Read the article, look at the photos and answer the article?
questions in blue. Compare and discuss with a partner.
2 Can you remember a conversation when you
experienced one of these communication barriers?

I was gobsmacked!* Can I have a


word , Jo? Thinking further
3 Discuss these questions with a partner.
*I was amazed!

1 What can you do if the other person is creating one


What am I going of the barriers to communication mentioned in the
to say next? What? I haven't done article?
anything wrong!
2 What can you do if it is you who is creating the barrier?
Barriers to communication
If you’ve ever tried to talk to someone through a closed
window, you know what a communication barrier is
Skills for life
like. But physical barriers are not the only kind, there
are also invisible barriers to communication. In some 4 Compare and discuss with a partner.
ways, these are more difficult to overcome, because we 1 Read the tips for communication skills. Which of them
may not be aware of them. are new for you?
Language Barriers 2 Which do you think you are good at and which do
There is obviously a barrier when two people don’t you find difficult?
speak the same language. But even if they do, they 3 Which do you think are most and least important?
might not understand each other’s version of it. If you 4 Choose one to work hard on the next time you meet
are speaking to someone from a different background, someone new.
you need to adjust the way you speak to avoid the local
slang you normally use. Similarly, if the other person
does not share your specialist interest, you need to avoid
Tips for communication skills
using the jargon that goes with it.

Psychological Barriers 1 Listen and try to understand the other person’s point of
Emotions may form a psychological barrier to view, rather than worrying about what you’re going to say.
communication. It is difficult to reason with a very 2 Don’t speak in anger. If you are in an emotional
angry person, and someone who is stressed will find it state, stay calm and count to ten before you reply.
difficult to pay attention. But there may be longer-term 3 Don’t go into a conversation with the attitude
barriers. For example, a person with low self-esteem that you are right. Keep an open mind.
may feel that everything that people say to them has a
4 Avoid slang and jargon which the other
hidden negative meaning. We need to be aware of these
person may not understand.
psychological barriers in the people we speak to, but
also in ourselves. 5 Listen to what the other person actually
says, not what you expect them to say.
Listening Barriers
6 Remember the world is not all about you.
Communication is a two-way process, and if one of the
Don’t look for hidden negative meanings about
participants is not interested, that is obviously a serious
you in everything the other person says.
barrier. However, a listening barrier may be quite hard to
detect – especially in yourself. Often, in conversation, we 7 Pay attention to the other person’s body
spend the time when we should be listening, planning
language, and be aware of your own.
what we are going to say next instead. This means we 8 Be aware of the limitations of different means of
are not really listening. To be effective communicators, communication. An email that you think is brief and
we need to try to understand the other’s point of view, informative may seem rude to the other person.
rather than focusing only on our own concerns. 9 Put some energy into what you are saying.
1 How do the photos relate to the content of the article?
People won’t want to be around you if you
seem bored with the conversation.
2 Match each photo with a section of the article and
explain how it relates to that section. 10 Look for common ground, and if you
must criticise, be tactful about it.

communication skills unit 6 life skill 89


Language reference

Unit 1 • We often use the present simple tense with adverbs of


frequency, such as always, often, sometimes, rarely, hardly

Vocabulary
ever and never.
• Note that we put these adverbs after the verb be and
before other main verbs.
Travel May often misses the bus for school. Mike always goes to Skye
on holiday.
travel / voyage / tour / trip General truths
Travel • We use the present simple to talk about things that are
true in general.
Travel is a verb and an uncountable noun.
Banks in Britain are open from 9 to 5. Footballers play football.
• As a noun: we never talk about ‘a travel’, but use it as a
general noun: Travel broadens the mind. Jokes and stories
• As a verb: Jamie travelled around Australia. • The present simple is often used for telling stories and jokes.
An Englishman goes to Madrid on holiday. He doesn’t speak any
Voyage Spanish but he thinks the place is lovely and people are friendly.
A voyage is usually a long journey by sea, but its use is quite In fact, every morning when he goes down to breakfast ...
formal. Verbs that can’t be used in the continuous tenses
He was a young sailor on his first sea voyage.
• Some verbs cannot be used in the continuous tenses. They
are called ‘stative’ verbs.
Tour
• Here are some of them:
A tour is a visit to a place or area, especially one during Feelings: care, dislike, envy, fear, hate, like, love, matter, mind,
which you look round the place or area and learn about it. need, want
We went on a guided tour of the cathedral. Beliefs: believe, know, think, understand
Possession: belong, contain, owe, own, possess, cost
Trip
Sense: feel, hear, see, seem, smell, taste
A trip is shorter than a journey.
The future
We went on a weekend trip to the Sierra Nevada.
• The present simple is also used to talk about the future.
Grammar Their flight arrives at 10 o’clock in the morning.

present continuous
Tense review
FORM

Present and imperative The present continuous tense is formed with the verb be +
gerund (verb with -ing ending).
present simple USE
FORM At the moment of speaking
The affirmative of the present simple is formed with the root • We use the present continuous to talk about things that
of the verb, adding -s / -es in the third person singular. We are happening at the moment of speaking.
need to use the auxiliaries do and does to form negatives and Daniel’s not here right now – he’s travelling around Europe.
interrogatives. Remember that when we use does the main Mum’s not working at the moment – she’s sitting on the sofa.
verb does not have -s / -es at the end. The -es is already in does! Why are you packing your suitcase?

USE Temporary situations

Routines and habits


• We also use the present continuous to talk about
temporary situations.
• We use the present simple to talk about routines and habits. They’re showing a great travel programme on TV this week.
My mother doesn’t travel by bus. Where do you go to school?
Our internet isn’t working this week.
How’s your sister getting on in New York?

90 language reference
Language reference

Changes For and since


• We can use the present continuous to talk about things • We use the present perfect with for and since to say how
that are changing or developing. long something has been happening.
The weather is getting warmer. The Arctic ice cap is shrinking. • We use for for periods of time (an hour, two weeks, three
months, ten years, etc.) and since with a specific moment in
The future
time (4 o’clock, yesterday morning, Tuesday, December, 1998,
• The present continuous can also be used to talk about the Easter, etc.)
future. My brother has worked at the same company for four years.
I’m leaving first thing in the morning. Kirsten has lived in Spain since 2006.

present perfect present perfect vs present simple


FORM Both the present perfect and the present simple are used to
refer to the present, but if we are talking about something
The present perfect is formed with have / has + the
that began in the past and continues until now, we use the
past participle. Regular verbs generally form their past
present perfect, not the past simple.
participles by adding -d, -ed or -ied: decided, brushed,
carried. However, many of the verbs we use most frequently I haven’t had anything to eat all morning.
are irregular and have irregular participles: make – made,
choose – chosen, teach – taught, etc.
present perfect continuous
See pages 111-112 for a list of irregular verbs. FORM

USE The present perfect continuous is formed with have / has +


the past participle of the verb to be + gerund (ing form).
Relating past and present
• The present perfect is used to relate the past with the present. USE
Isa’s lost her passport. (She lost it in the past and doesn’t • We use the present perfect continuous for activities that
have it now.) have recently stopped or have just stopped. There is a
My computer’s stopped working. (It isn’t working now.) connection with the present or now.
You’re wet. Have you been swimming? (you’re wet now)
Unspecified time
Claire is very tired. She hasn’t been sleeping well.
• We use the present perfect to talk about events that took I’ve been talking to Jo about the problem and he agrees with me.
place at an unspecified time in the past.
Have you seen the latest Eclipse film? It’s been raining all day long!
Mike’s been to China. Brad’s never eaten paella. For and since
New information • We can use for and since with the present perfect
continuous when we ask the questions How long…?
• We also use the present perfect to give information or to The activity is still happening or will have just finished.
announce a recent event.
Ugh! I’ve swallowed a fly! How long has Alex been playing on his tablet? He’s been
playing on his tablet for an hour.
Have you heard the news? Ruth and Paco have got married.
Actions repeated over a period of time
The first time
• We use the present perfect when we talk about the first, • We use the present perfect continuous for actions that are
repeated over a period of time.
second, third, etc. time something has happened.
Will is a great pianist. He’s been playing since he was six.
It’s the third time I’ve fallen over this week.
Jenny speaks Spanish well. She’s been learning it for ten years.
My dad’s phoned me twice this morning.
Present perfect continuous vs. present perfect
Time expressions
• We use the present perfect with today, this morning / evening, • When we are interested in the activity itself and not the
result of the activity, we use the present perfect continuous.
tonight, this week, this month, this year, etc. when these
When we are interested in the result of an activity and not
periods have not finished at the time of speaking.
the activity itself, we use the present perfect.
I haven’t had time to phone him this morning.
Silvia’s hands are covered in paint – she’s been painting a mural.
Chloe hasn’t been at school this week.
Silvia has painted the mural – it’s full of lots of bright colours.
(She’s finished painting it.)

language reference 91
Language reference

How long? Julie spent two years travelling around the world.
• We use the present perfect continuous with how long…? My sister worked as a tour guide for a week – she wasn’t very good!
How long have you been learning English? I’ve been learning Narrative sequences
English for six years.
• We use the past simple in narrative sequences.
How much, how many, how many times…? David got up, had a shower, shaved and got dressed. He didn’t
• We use the present perfect with how much, how many and have time for breakfast.
how many times? Time expressions in the past simple
How much of the book have you read?
• We often use time expressions with the past simple to
How many times have they been to your house this week? state when something happened. We place the time
How many people have visited the web page this week? expressions at the beginning or end of the sentence. Some
common time expressions include:
imperative
last week / month / year • at 10 / 12 o’clock • in 1492 / 2012 •
The imperative is formed with the infinitive without to and last night • ten minutes / two hours six weeks ago • on Sunday
is used for commands or orders. For negative commands or / Monday (morning / afternoon / evening) • yesterday • last
orders, we add don’t. Christmas / summer
Come here! My uncle and aunt emigrated to Australia last year. / Last year, my
Don’t forget to buy some bread when you go out. uncle and aunt emigrated to Australia.

Past Get it right


past simple Note that we do not use the with these time expressions.
✓ last year / last night / last summer
ForM ✗ the last year / the last night / the last summer

Regular verbs form their past simple tense by adding -ed. In


some cases, the stem of the verb changes.
• In one-syllable verbs which end in a vowel and a past continuous
consonant, the consonant doubles: rob – robbed; drop
-dropped. The same thing happens with verbs of more than ForM
one syllable ending in a vowel and a consonant where the
The past continuous tense is formed with the verb be in the
stress falls on the last syllable: prefer – preferred.
past + gerund (verb with -ing ending).
• If a verb ends in a consonant + y, the y changes to i and we
add -ed: deny – denied; try – tried USe
In the interrogative and negative forms, the auxiliary did is
Actions in progress in the past
used with the infinitive (i.e. without the -ed ending):
Did you have fun on holiday?
• We use the past continuous to describe actions in progress
at a particular moment in the past.
The past tense of irregular verbs can be completely Who were you talking to for so long? I was talking to Carla. I
different from their stem: have – had; swim – swam, etc. was trying to persuade her to go out with me on Friday.
Setting the scene
See pages 111-112 for a list of irregular verbs.
• We also use it to set the scene for a story.
USe It was a lovely day. The sun was shining and people were
strolling along the promenade while others were soaking up
Completed actions
the sun on the beach.
• We use the past simple for completed actions which took Simultaneous actions
place at a specifi c time in the past.
My dad took my mum to Paris for their anniversary. • We also use it for simultaneous actions in the past.
I didn’t go to the party last Friday. Where did you stay in Brazil? While their parents were making lunch, the children were
playing in the garden.
Completed period of time
Relating two actions
• We also use it for actions which took place during a • We often use the past simple and the past continuous
completed period of time in the past.
together to describe the relationship between two actions.
92 language reference
Language reference

The past continuous is used to describe a continuous Making predictions


action or to ‘set the scene’ for a shorter completed action. • We can use be going to to make predictions when there is strong
We were standing on the corner chatting when the car present or past evidence that something is going to happen.
crashed into the tree. The temperature is already 20º and it’s only 8 a.m. It’s going to
when, while and as be really hot today.
Mum’s going to be angry because I haven’t tidied my room.
• When, while and as can be used to describe situations in
which one event interrupts another. While and as are usually Present continuous + future time reference
followed by the past continuous and when by the past simple.
• We use the present continuous to talk about future events
As / While she was running in the park, she was listening to which are already planned.
music on her MP3. The vet’s operating on my dog next week.
He was copying from his book when the teacher saw him. ‘Are we all meeting at Paco’s house on Friday?’ ‘That’s right.
That’s the plan.’
past perfect • When we use the present continuous to talk about the
future, there is usually a reference to time, either in the
FORM
sentence or in the context.
The past perfect is formed with had + the past participle. What are you doing? (now) I’m finishing my homework.
Are you doing anything on Friday? (future) Yes, I’m meeting Monica.
USE
• There is sometimes very little difference in meaning between
The past perfect is used when we talk about two past the present continuous for the future and be going to.
events and we want to make it quite clear which event ‘I’m seeing Carlos tonight.’ is, in theory, a more definite plan
happened first. We use the past perfect for the first event than ‘I’m going to see Carlos tonight.’ However, here you can
and the past simple for the second event. use either.
The match had started when we got to the stadium.
When I looked in my bag for the key, I realised I’d left it at the gym. the future simple: will
FORM
Future
The future simple is formed with will + the infinitive
without to.
present simple for the future
• We use the present simple to talk about things which are USE
scheduled for the future, for example bus, train and flight times.
Predictions
We leave London on the Eurostar at 14.00 on 24th July.
We get to Paris at 17.00. Then our overnight train for Nice • We use the future simple to make predictions based on
leaves at 20.00. our opinions.
Come and listen to my new CD. You’ll love it.
be going to Steve will throw a great party – he always does.
will with certain words and expressions
FORM
Be going to is formed with be + going to + infinitive.
• We often use will with the following words and
expressions: be sure • expect • probably • think
I’m sure the teacher will sympathise with your problems.
USE
She doesn’t think her parents will mind.
Future plans and intentions
will for spontaneous decisions
• We use be going to and a main verb to talk about future • We often use will when we make a decision at the time we
plans and intentions.
are speaking.
I’m going to get my nose pierced next week.
‘I’ve got to go out to get some spaghetti and some tomatoes.’
They’re not going to spend the summer in Calpe this year.
‘I’ll come with you.’
Are you going to make a cake for my birthday?
will for offering to do something
NOTE: that if the verb after going to is go, we can omit it. • We also use will when we offer to do something.
Instead of saying We’re going to go to the cinema tonight, Finish your work. I’ll cook lunch.
we normally say We’re going to the cinema tonight. Don’t worry about the tickets. I’ll go and pick them up.

language reference 93
Language reference

the future continuous: will be + -ing Root Meaning Example words


auto self automatic, autonomous
ForM
dict say dictation, dictator
The future continuous is formed with will + be + -ing.
duc, duct lead educate, conduct, produce
USe jur, jus law justice, jury

Actions in progress in the future log, logue thought logic,dialogue

• We use the future continuous to talk about actions that will manu hand manual,
be in progress in the future. path feel empathetic, pathetic
This time next week, we’ll be packing our cases ready for our phil love bibliophile, philosophy
holidays. phon sound telephone, phonology
When I’m 20, I’ll be studying Fine Arts at university. photo light photosynthesis, photograph
Future events port carry / take import, export, support
• We also use the future continuous to talk about a future press press / push impress, depress, express
event which has already been decided.
spect see / look respect, suspect, prospect
They’ll be going away next week.
vid, vis see video, vision
Anna won’t be coming to the party because she’s got to
babysit.

the future perfect: will have (done)


Grammar
ForM Modal verbs can, could, be
The future perfect is formed with will + have + past participle. able to (ability, possibility,
USe
permission)
• We use the future perfect to talk about things that will be ability
fi nished before a certain time in the future.
By the time Freddie’s thirty, he’ll have started work.
• We use can, could, be able to and manage to to express ability.
Helen could play the piano when she was younger, but she
by can’t anymore. Now, she’s able to play the violin.
Note that we quite often use the preposition by with the Phil managed to reduce his carbon footprint by half last year.
future continuous and future perfect tenses.
By or by the time here means not later than or before. Get it right
You’ll have lost two kilos by next month if you continue like this
Note that we don’t use could to talk about one
– and that’s plenty!
occasion in the past, we use couldn’t.
By the time you’re 25, you’ll be working. ✓ She was able to go to the match last Saturday.
✗ She could go to the match last Saturday.

Unit 2 • We sometimes use be able to to talk about ability instead of


can and could, but there are some cases where we have to
Vocabulary use can and could and not be able to.
1) When we’re talking about something that is happening
Word roots as we speak.
Listen to me! I can play this tune perfectly on the piano now!
Many words in English are formed from Latin roots. Each Not: I am able to play this tune perfectly on the piano now.
root has a specific meaning, so if we understand the 2) Before passives.
meaning of the common word roots, we should be able to More local food can be produced. Not: More local food is
make an educated guess at the meaning of the word. able to be produced.
Here are some of the most common word roots with 3) When the meaning of can is know how to do.
examples of English words derived from them. I can drive a car. Not: I am able to drive a car.

94 language reference
Language reference

possibility • Mustn’t is usually used when the prohibition is implied by the


speaker and can’t is used when something is against the rules.
The modal verbs can, could, may, might and be able to are
You mustn’t take your mobile to school. You can’t park here.
used to express possibility.
We can see Big Ben from our hotel window. advice
Are you able to speak French?
Harry couldn’t come on Monday because it was snowing. Should / ought to
• Should and ought to are used to express advice.
permission You should go to the doctor, that cough sounds awful.
• We use the modal verbs can, could, be able to, may and be You ought to apologise to her, she’s very upset.
allowed to to express permission.
Can I open the window, please? certainty
May I sit down here?
Could we borrow your laptop for a couple of hours? must and can’t
Are you able to go to the party tomorrow? No, We’re not • Must and can’t can be used to express certainty.
allowed to go – my dad won’t let us. You didn’t get to bed until 6 a.m. and it’s only 8.30 now. You
must be tired.
NOTE: We can also use the modal verb must to express That must be Jim’s dad – Jim looks just like him.
permission or lack of it. It is similar in meaning to (not)
You’ve slept for fourteen hours – you can’t be tired.
allowed to.
They can’t be here already. They didn’t leave home until 6 p.m.
You must keep it a secret – you mustn’t tell anyone at all.
and it takes at least two hours to get here.

obligation / no obligation possibility


• We use must, mustn’t, have to, don’t have to and needn’t to may, might and could
express obligation or lack of obligation.
• The modal verbs may, might and could can be used to
Must express possibility.
• Must is personal and we use it when we want to express • Could is used only in the affirmative, while may and might can
our personal feelings. be used in both the affirmative and the negative. The meaning
I must pay the electricity bill tomorrow, or I’ll get cut off! (I say of could, may and might in the affirmative is the same.
it’s necessary) The sky looks a bit black. I think it could / may / might rain.
Mustn’t I’m afraid the party may not / might not happen … My
parents may not / might not go away at the weekend after all!
• We use mustn’t when we want to say that it’s necessary
that you don’t do something.
I mustn’t be late for the interview or I won’t get the job. NOTE: When we want to express certainty and possibility
about the past, i.e. when we are speculating about past
Have to events, we use a modal verb + have + past participle.
• Have to is like must, but it’s impersonal and we don’t use it
for our personal feelings. We use it for facts.
I have to wear glasses because I can’t see very well. certainty
Don’t have to must / can’t / couldn’t + have + past participle

• We use don’t have to to mean that you don’t need to do • When we use must, can’t and couldn’t + have + past
something, but you can if you want to. participle, we are fairly certain about the speculations we
are making. The meaning of can’t and couldn’t + have +
I don’t have to get up early in the morning – it’s Saturday!
past participle is the same.
Needn’t I must have left my keys at work – they’re not in my bag.
• We use needn’t when we want to say something you don’t Because of the tsunami, many people must have lost their homes.
need to do.
My dad can’t have left for work because the car’s still in the garage.
I needn’t get up early in the morning – it’s Saturday!
It can’t have been easy to be in Japan when the earthquake
happened.
prohibition I wonder who committed the murder. It couldn’t have been
Mustn’t / can’t Reverend Green because I’ve got that card and the murder weapon
• We use mustn’t and can’t for prohibition or to say that couldn’t have been the rope because I’ve got that card too.
something isn’t allowed.
language reference 95
Language reference

Remember  USE
• We use the second conditional to talk about ‘unreal’ or
Modal verbs: hypothetical situations.
always go before another verb: He wouldn’t like it if he knew you’d told me.
He can swim.
never change – don’t add an –s or an –ing to them: third conditional
She must be mad!
are always followed by an infinitive without to FORM
(except for ought to!):
The third conditional is formed as follows:
They should leave tomorrow.
They ought to leave tomorrow. • If + past perfect, past perfect conditional OR past perfect
are always followed by not in the negative: conditional + if + past perfect
We can’t help you with your project – sorry!
USE
go immediately before the subject in a question:
May I ask you your name? • We use the third conditional to talk about things in the
past that did or did not happen and what would have
happened if we had done something different.
If he hadn’t started working at the shopping mall, he would
Unit 3 have had to work for his father.
Unless, as long as, providing, provided, in case, supposing,
Grammar even if, otherwise
• In the first conditional, if can be replaced by other words
Conditional possibility with a similar meaning such as unless, as / so long as,
provided / providing, in case, even if, otherwise and on
conditional sentences condition that. They are more formal than if.
I’ll buy the T-shirt for you as long as you pay me back tomorrow.
zero conditional
She’ll babysit tonight on condition that we don’t stay out too late.
FORM
Unless
The zero conditional is formed as follows: • Unless means if not.
• If + present simple + present simple or I’ll come round to your house unless I have to babysit.
• If + present simple + imperative Even if
If you want to be fit and healthy, do lots of exercise.
• Even if is used to make the condition more emphatic.
USE She won’t go to Mark’s wedding even if he invites her.
• We use the zero conditional to state universal truths. Otherwise
If you’re in love, nothing else is important.
• We often use or or otherwise in conditional sentences.
first conditional You’ve got to study or / otherwise you won’t be going to
university!
FORM
Supposing
The first conditional is formed as follows:
• When we use supposing in conditional sentences, the
• If + present simple, future simple OR future simple + if + speaker is inviting the listener to imagine a situation. We can
present simple use supposing in all three types of conditional sentences.
USE Supposing you lost your keys, how would you get into your
house?
• We use the first conditional to talk about situations which
are possible in the present or the future.
mixed conditionals
She won’t buy the dress if they don’t give her a discount.
Mixed conditional sentences are sentences which use a
second conditional mixture of second and third conditionals because we want
to express things we did in the past that might have present
FORM
consequences or to express past events that may be the
The second conditional is formed as follows: result of present facts. So in mixed conditionals the tie in the
• If + past simple, conditional OR conditional + if + past simple if clause isn’t the same as the time in the main clause.

96 language reference
Language reference

If you hadn’t spent all your money, you’d be able to buy a new phone. Relationships in time
(past action: you spent all your money, present consequence: already eventually later recently
you can’t buy a new phone) afterwards finally lately soon
If Nina weren’t so busy, she could have gone to the theatre last night. beforehand first next yet
(present fact: Nina is busy, past consequence: she wasn’t able earlier last previously
to go to the theatre last night)

Remember
Grammar
Conditional sentences sometimes contain other yes / no questions
modal verbs than will, would and would have:
To make questions, we put the auxiliary verb before the subject.
will: can, may, might
would: could, might Did you see the film? Are they on holiday now?
would have: could have, might have Has she read the book? Can we go to the theatre with you?
Zero conditionals sometimes contain should + verb,
To make negative questions, we do the same thing! We put
instead of the imperative.
the auxiliary before the subject.
The modal verbs can and could may also appear in
the if clause. Didn’t you see the film? Aren’t they on holiday now?
Hasn’t she read the book? Can’t we go to the theatre with you?

Wh- questions
Unit 4 When we use a wh- word (who, what, why, when, which,

Vocabulary where, how) to make questions about the subject of the


verb, we don’t change the word order.
Who has played that video game? What is that actor like?
Time adverbs and expressions When we are making a question about another part of the
Time adverbs describe when, for how long or how often an sentence, we form wh- questions in the same way as yes / no
action happened. They are usually placed at the end of a questions.
sentence. If you need to use more than one time adverb in a Why aren’t they coming here? When will you be travelling to
sentences, they should go in this order: 1) how long, 2) how Bolivia? Where are they getting married?
often 3) when.
He only worked for ten days every week last year. Get it right
Here is a list of some common time adverbs and time expressions.
When we use a wh- question word to make a
Points in time question about the subject of the verb, we don’t
need to use the auxiliary verb.
at midnight during the evening the previous day
at noon in a week’s time throughout the We say:
at the moment the following summer ✓ Who wants something to drink?
at three thirty weekend ✗ Who does want something to drink?

Frequency (definite)
annually hourly quarterly Question tags
daily monthly weekly
We often make a statement into a question by adding a
fortnightly nightly yearly
question tag at the end of the statement. The verb used in
Frequency (indefinite) the tag, has to match the auxiliary verb in the statement. We
all of a sudden infrequently regularly tend to use question tags to verify that something is true or
always generally some time ago when we want reassurance.
every now and then never sometimes • If the statement is positive, the tag will be negative.
gradually occasionally suddenly You’re getting married, aren’t you?
hardly ever rarely usually • If the statement is negative, the tag will be positive.
You’re not getting married are you?

language reference 97
Language reference

Remember • We also use used to for something that was true, but isn’t
true any more.
We make question tags Evie used to have very long hair when she was a child. Now it’s short.
• in the present simple with do or does.
• in the past simple with did.
• with the verb be where the verb be is in the statement. Get it right
• with the same auxiliary or modal verb as in the
statement. There is no present form of used to
The question tag for Let’s is shall we? ✓ I do yoga once a week.
The question tag for I am is aren’t I? ✗ I use to do yoga once a week.
The question tag for I’m not is am I?

WOULD
Embedded questions • We use would when we want to express something that
happened regularly in the past.
Embedded questions are questions within another Whenever Jane was unhappy, she would go to her room and cry.
statement or question. They generally follow statement
order rather than question order. So the subject usually
comes before the verb.
Get it right
• Embedded questions usually start with expressions such as Used to can describe actions and states, but would
these: can only describe actions.
Could you tell me . . . I don’t know . . ✓ They used to be crazy about Dr. Who.
Do you know . . . The question is . . . ✗ They would be crazy about Dr. Who.

I wonder . . . Who knows : . .

wish
Emphatic questions • We use wish to talk about how we would like a present or
We can ask emphatic questions using who or what and also past situation to be diff erent.
expressions like whoever, who on earth, what on earth. In Present situations
emphatic questions, we should always place emphasis on
these words to make a point.
• When we are referring to a present situation, the structure is
wish + past simple / continuous.
Emma texted Jake. Emma texted who? There are no cheap restaurants near where I live.
I’m worried about something. You’re worried about what? I wish there were some cheap restaurants near where I live.
Jane’s applied for a new job. Jane has applied for what? I can’t go out with Pablo on Saturday because we’re going
Jamie phoned me last night. Who on earth phoned you? away for the weekend.
Katie told me. Whoever told you that? I wish I could go out with Pablo on Saturday. I wish we weren’t
going away for the weekend.
Past situations
Unit 5 • When we are referring to a past situation, we use wish +
past perfect simple / continuous.
Grammar Those trousers I bought look awful on me.
I wish I hadn’t bought those trousers.
Used to, would, wish, if only We didn’t get a good view of the castle because it was raining.
I wish it hadn’t been raining.
USED TO
• We can use used to when we want to express something if only
that happened regularly in the past, but no longer happens. • If only is used in the same way as wish, but is usually used
Freddie used to read all the business news online. to express a stronger feeling about a situation and to talk
about regrets.
Did you use to ride your bike every day?
It’s lonely being an only child. (I regret not having any brothers
I didn’t use to like ice cream!
and sisters.)
If only I had some brothers and sisters.

98 language reference
Language reference

I saw a shirt that I really liked but now they’ve sold it. (I really Get it right
regret not buying it.)
If only I’d bought that shirt. ✓ I’m sorry I’m late. I got here as fast as I could.
✗ I’m sorry I’m late. I got here so fast as I could.

Unit 6 • We can also use the expressions, twice as, three times as, four
times as etc. to express the same idea.
Comparatives and superlatives The new office is three times as big as the old one.

comparatives
• We can use these expressions: almost, at least, nearly, just,
nowhere near in the same way.
We form the comparative by adding -er to the end of short Helena was nowhere near as happy as she said.
adjectives and adverbs (of one syllable) and adding more
before long adjectives or adverbs (of more than one syllable). superlatives
cheap – cheaper expensive – more expensive To form the superlative, we add -est to one-syllable adjectives
quiet - quieter slowly – more slowly and most to adjectives that are longer than one syllable.
spelling rules cheap – cheapest expensive – most expensive
• If a two-syllable adjective ends in y, we change the y to an i quiet - quietest slowly – most slowly
and add -er. Spelling rules
easy - easier happy – happier lucky - luckier
• If a two-syllable adjective ends in y, we change the y to an i
• If a one-syllable adjective ends in a vowel and then a and add -est.
consonant, we double the fi nal consonant and add -er. easy - easiest happy – happiest lucky - luckiest
big – bigger hot - hotter
• If a one-syllable adjective ends in a vowel and then a
irregular adjectives and adverbs consonant, we double to fi nal consonant and then add -est.
• Some adjectives and adverbs don’t follow these rules, as big – biggest hot - hottest
they are irregular. Here are some of them: Irregular adjectives and adverbs
good / well – better far – further / farther
• Some adjectives and adverbs don’t follow these rules, as
bad / badly – worse they are irregular.
Than bad – worst far - farthest good - best
• We use than after comparatives to compare two things. The
Polly is happier than Molly. • We usually use the before superlatives.
Flying is more expensive than going by bus. Polly is the happiest girl in the school.
Get + two comparatives Flying is the most expensive form of travel.
• We can use get followed by two comparatives joined by the In
word and when we want to describe a gradual process.
• After superlatives, we use in, when we are talking about places.
When it stopped at the station, the train got more and more That’s the biggest shopping centre in the world.
crowded.
Your English is improving, it’s getting better and better.
The …the
• We use the … the .. with two comparatives to say that one
thing depends on another thing.
The warmer the weather, the happier I feel.
The more I thought about the idea, the less I liked it.
As … as
• We use as … as to compare equivalent aspects of two things.
The apple is as heavy as the banana.
We can also use so … as in the same way, but not in
positive sentences and questions.
Nina isn’t so tall as she looks. Or Nina isn’t as tall as she looks.

language reference 99
Writing guide  Unit 1

A descriptive essay
TASK: write a detailed description of the holiday destination of your dreams. (100 – 150 words).

The holiday destination of my dreams is a tropical island. There are deserted white beaches
behind a green-blue lagoon, and lush vegetation full of colourful birds. Although it’s hot
and sunny, there is a gentle breeze to keep us refreshed. There are no tourists, in spite of the
island’s natural beauty.
We will stay in a simple cabin on the beach and sleep in hammocks. During the day, we will
snorkel in the lagoon or explore the forest. I can imagine the mysterious sounds of exotic
fauna, and the feel of cool sand between my toes. In the evening, we will smell delicious
fresh fish being cooked on a barbecue. Inland, there’s a picturesque waterfall where bright
blue butterflies dance and there’s a tranquil pool where we can wash ourselves.
I can imagine the island so clearly, despite the fact I’ve never been to a tropical paradise like
this. But perhaps it’s not very realistic, because there are no annoying insects or dangerous
snakes, no destructive tropical storms, and no roads or airports. I don’t know how I would get
there! Still, it’s nice to dream sometimes!

Remember the paragraph plan for a description essay. Remember to use signposts.
1) Introduction: capture the reader’s attention, introduce
the topic
2) Main body: sensory, factual and figurative detail
Signpost
3) Conclusion: summary of theme and strong concluding although despite
sentence but in spite of

Tip
Tip before writing Remember to use useful language.
Remember to use adjectives to make your writing
more interesting.
Useful language
To give a general
To introduce a point
description of actions
Tip   The person I most admire He / She lives / goes etc.
Tip after writing
is …
Check that you have described as much sensory
detail as possible of your imagined place – taste, The thing I really like is …
touch, sights, sounds and smells.
To describe a
To make contrasts
particular event
although He / She went etc.
but
despite
in spite of

100 writing guide


Writing guide  Unit 2

An opinion essay
TASK: write an opinion essay on an environment-related topic which you have heard about
in the news recently. (100 – 150 words).

The price of oil has gone down recently, and apparently this is because they are producing
more oil in the USA through a new process called fracking. By using this technique, they can
extract oil which is contained in the rock. Now, they are talking about doing the same in
Europe. In my opinion, there are two problems with this idea.
First of all, fracking can cause environmental problems. It can pollute our water supply, much of
which comes from underground. Secondly, it may cause small earthquakes sometimes. I believe
these problems would be more serious in Europe, where the population density is greater.
Secondly, extracting more fossil fuels will only increase our carbon footprint and contribute to
man-made climate change. To my mind, this is wrong. If we want to save the planet, I would say
that we need to extract less oil, or no oil at all.
In conclusion, I don’t think we should allow fracking in Europe. Instead, I believe we must invest
more in renewable energy and improve energy efficiency.

Remember the paragraph plan for a opinion essay. Remember to use signposts.
1) General introduction to the topic
2) Make a first point in support of your opinion
3) Make a second point in support of your opinion
Signpost
4) Conclude by summarising your arguments first of all in addition
secondly in conclusion

Tip
Tip before writing
Brainstorm ideas about what to write in a mind Remember to use useful language.
map, then choose the best ideas and organise
them in a logical order.
Useful language
As I see it ... In conclusion ...
I agree ... To conclude, I
Tip   would say ...
I believe ...
Tip after writing
I disagree that ... In my opinion ...
Check that you have organised your ideas in a
logical order. You have varied the words and I don't believe ... In short ...
phrases you have used to give an opinion. I don't think that ... It is clear that ...
I feel (that) ... It seems to me that ...
I think that ... To my mind ...
I strongly believe ... To sum up ...
I would say ...

writing guide 101


Writing guide  Unit 3

A proposal
TASK: a room or building in your local community is not being used for anything. Write
a proposal to the person responsible to suggest a good way of using it (100 – 150 words).

Introduction
The aim of this document is to propose a good use for the old community hall, which as you
know is currently empty. We would like to suggest turning it into a low cost gym.
Background
There are not enough opportunities for young people in our neighbourhood to keep fit.
While there are plenty of gyms, they are simply too expensive for people on a low income. As
a result, teenagers have no alternative but to hang out on the street.
The Proposal
We suggest using the community hall as a gym. We can achieve this at a low cost by
recycling old, broken machines which commercial gyms are throwing away. We can
assemble a team of volunteers who can not only restore the machines but also redecorate
the building. This proposal would give the young people of our area a way of keeping
healthy and fit. In addition, it will mean less disturbance on the streets for the other residents.
Concluding remarks
We believe our proposal would be of great benefit to all residents in the community, and
would make use of a public building which is wasted at the moment. Please don’t hesitate to
contact us for further details.

Remember the paragraph plan for a proposal. Remember to use signposts.


1) Introduction: Introduce the topic to your reader
2) Background: give some background information on the Signpost
problem
3) Proposal: Give details on your proposal and state why you in addition to not only … but on top of that
think it is a good idea furthermore … also

4) Concluding remarks: restate the problem and the solution


you are suggesting
Remember to use useful language.

Tip
Tip before writing
Useful language
Remember to use a formal style when you are Explain and expand
Introducing the purpose
writing a proposal. on background facts
The aim of this report This has led to …
Tip The main idea is … This, in turn, has …
Tip after writing
Check that you have organised your text so the
sentences are clear and logically connected to each Introducing a
other. Adding information
course of action
We suggest that … Furthermore …
In addition to …
Concluding Not only … but (…) also
Clearly, … On top of that …

102 writing guide


Writing guide  Unit 4

Retelling a narrative
TASK: write a summary of the plot of a book, film or TV drama (100 – 150 words).

Remember Me
Remember Me is a drama set in a village in Yorkshire. The main character is an old man called
Tom, played in the series by Michael Palin. He lives alone in an old house which is haunted by
the ghost of his childhood nanny, killed in a shipwreck long before.
The story begins when Tom tries to escape from the house by going to an old person’s
home. However, the ghost goes with him, and she is violent to anyone who might take Tom
away from her. She kills one of the nurses. Tom feels guilty for bringing this bad fortune to
the home, so he disappears. One of the other nurses, a girl called Hannah goes to look for
him in his house, and from that moment on, she too is haunted by the ghost.
In the end, the ghost forces Tom to make a difficult choice – either he must kill himself and
go with her, or she will take Hannah instead. At the last moment, he sacrifices himself to save
the girl.

Remember the paragraph plan for retelling a narrative. Remember to use signposts.
1) Introduce the main character and talk about the action
2) Write about the main events Signpost
3) Write about the main events
as the days go by… over the next few days…
4) Say what happens in the end
as the evening goes by … the main character…
finally… the story begins…
gradually… the story takes place…
Tip in the end…
Tip before writing
Use sequence words and phrases to help your
reader see how events relate to each other in time.
Remember to use useful language.

Useful language
Tip
Tip after writing Sequencing words
To introduce the scene
Check that you have used the appropriate tenses and phrases
for retelling the plot of a piece of fiction. … takes place in … as the days go by, …
The main protagonist finally …
/ character is … from that moment on…
The story begins … gradually …
In the end …
over the following/
next few days …
At the last moment …

writing guide 103


Writing guide  Unit 5

A letter of application
TASK: think of a job you would like to have and write a letter of application for it. (100 – 150 words)

Dear Sir/Madam
I am writing to apply for the post of webmaster for your business. I saw
your advert in last week’s Chronicle.
As you will see from my CV, I am in my final term of secondary education.
However, I already have experience in the IT field, I have designed and set
up a number of websites for small businesses belonging to family friends.
I have included links to these on my CV. Additionally, I have experience
in maintaining these websites, replying to user comments, examining traffic
through the sites and also generating and revising the webpages.
I understand that in today’s world, a website has become the public face
of a company and requires constant attention to keep it up-to-date and
dynamic. I am enthusiastic and also very pro-active and feel I would be
well-qualified to serve that function for your business.
I would be able to begin work any time from August onwards, either full-
time or part-time. Please don’t hesitate to contact me if you require
details of references, or to arrange an interview.
I look forward to hearing from you.
Yours faithfully,
Benji Sakamoto

Remember the paragraph plan for a letter of application. Remember to use useful language.
1) State your reason for writing
2) Write about your interests and any relevant experience Useful language
3) Write about other skills you have
Introducing the Giving details of
4) State your availability and sign off purpose for writing CV and referees
I am writing to … … can supply details of …
I enclose my CV…(in
Tip a posted letter)
Tip before writing
… my attached
Use a formal style when you write a letter of
CV …(in an email
application and avoid contractions.
application letter)

Describing skills Describing interests


Tip and experience and ambitions
Tip after writing I am currently …ing I enjoy +…ing
Check you have used formal language consistently I am interested in +…ing
in the email.
I am committed
to +…ing

Remember to use signposts.


Offering Concluding
I would be able to … I look forward to
Signpost I would be willing to … hearing from you.
I would be available from … Yours faithfully,
also additionally in addition to
Yours sincerely,

104 writing guide


Writing guide  Unit 6

A critical review
TASK: write a critical review of an audio-visual production you have seen (100 – 150 words) .

Life Story is a six-part nature documentary which takes us through the most important stages
in an animal’s life, from birth through to parenthood. The programme combines footage of
a wide variety of creatures from all corners of the world with commentary from the veteran
BBC wildlife presenter David Attenborough.
For me, the connections between the sections are not always clear. We jump, for example, from
whales in the Pacific to spiders in the Amazon without a clear link. However, on the positive
side, this means you never have time to get bored with watching one particular animal.
As in Attenborough’s previous nature documentaries, the quality of filming is mind-blowing.
At the end of each episode, there is a five-minute section showing us the incredible lengths
the camera crew have gone to in order to capture the images.
I would certainly recommend watching this documentary, if you can. The images are
fascinating, and in many cases, it is the very first time this animal behaviour has ever been
caught on film.

Remember the paragraph plan for a critical review. Remember to use signposts.
1) Give the name and details of the production, what it was
about, and any of the main people involved in producing it Signpost
2) Give some details about what you see or hear in the
production and what you thought of them as in in like manner
3) Say what, for you, is the main strength or weakness of the for me like
production I would likewise
I wouldn’t similarly
4) Give a recommendation (or not) and say why

Tip Remember to use useful language.


Tip before writing
Remember to use compound adjectives to give Useful language
concise descriptions.
Talking about similarity Introducing opinion
as in For me …

Tip by the same token I would / wouldn’t


in like manner recommend …
Tip after writing
Check you have given your critical opinion and in similar fashion
supported it with reasons. in the same way
like
likewise
similarly

writing guide 105


Exam tips

In the next few pages, there are 100 useful exam tips – they eb
u il d
Don’t only study grammar and vocabulary,
5

up
Th
start with tips for finding your weak points and concentrating practise reading and writing too.

m
to
th
e ex

a
on these areas. Then go on to tips for building up to the exam
– here you’ll find useful advice on what to do before your eb
u il d

up
Th
exams, you should always make a study plan, for example. Read around your subject as much as possible.

m
to
th
e ex

a
After that there are specific tips for the day before the exam
– don’t forget to get a good night’s sleep! And then on to the eb
u il d
Study little bits at a time and often – don’t cram it
7

up
Th
big day – the day of the exam itself. The last few tips give you
all in!

m
to
general ideas of what to do in the exam, then specific tips on th
e ex

a
reading, writing, listening and speaking. u il d
eb
Use memorisation techniques to help you. Also use
8

up
Th
It is a good idea to go through the tips on your own and
pictures, lists and games to remember vocabulary.

m
to
th
e ex
choose a certain number to look at each week. Make sure you

a
plan your time properly so that you can cover all of the tips eb
u il d

before the day of your exam. 9

up
Th
Use the internet for extra practice.

m
to
th
e ex

a
GOOD LUCK!
u il d
eb
Watch films in English, listen to the radio in
10
g yo
d in

up
Th
Discover what you find more difficult and then
1
Fi n

ur

English, surround yourself with English!

m
to
th
dedicate more time to it. e ex

a
ts
we

ak
poi
n

u il d
eb
Keep a learning diary about what you learn in class
11
g yo
up
Th

d in
Test yourself or get a friend to test you.
2
Fi n

ur

and what you find easy or difficult. Make sure you


m
to

th
e ex
a
ts
we

ak
poi concentrate on the areas you find most difficult.
n

u il d
eb
Get organised: make a schedule that includes all
12
up
Th

g yo
d in
Make a list of the most common mistakes you
3 your subjects, and stick to it.
Fi n

ur

m
to

th
e ex
a

make and start avoiding them!


ts
we

ak
poi
n

u il d
eb

13
up
Th

g yo
d in
Take two days off a week, don’t revise every day.
4
Fi n

ur

Do things again and again until you get them right.


m
to

th
e ex
a
ts
we

ak
poi
n

u il d
eb
Use your writing tasks to learn from the mistakes
14
up
Th

TASK 1 you made.


m
to

th
e ex
a

Finding your weak points u il d


eb
What do you have most difficulty with? Reading, Study at school, not just at home or in the library –
15
up
Th

writing, listening or speaking? Ask your teacher for and take the opportunity to ask teachers for advice.
m
to

th
e ex
a

extra worksheets to practise what you find most


difficult, or look for extra practice on the internet. eb
u il d Make sure you do exercise – swimming and
16
up
Th

walking are particularly good for you when under


m
to

th
e ex exam pressure.
a

TASK 2 eb
u il d
Avoid distractions like the TV, radio, music,
17
up
Th

Finding your weak points mobiles, tablets…


m
to

th
e ex
a

Do you make any of these mistakes?


Choose the correct sentence in the pairs. u il d Use apps, if you have them and they’re useful – but
eb
1a I think banks should be open in the afternoons. 18
up
Th

only use the app, don’t get carried away with other
m

1b I think banks should be opened in the afternoons.


to

th
e ex things on your phone or tablet.
a

2a She’ll be waiting you there at 3 o’ clock.


2b She’ll be waiting for you there at 3 o’ clock.
3a What are the disadvantages of living abroad? TASK 3
3b What are the desadvantages of living abroad?
The build up to the exam
4a John said me he was having a party on Saturday. Download the app, English Monstruo for a fun way of
4b John told me he was having a party on Saturday. eradicating those typical common errors.
5a I asked me what I was doing there!
5b I asked myself what I was doing there!
6a He hasn’t been to London for six years.
6b He haven’t been to London for six years.
7a There aren’t enought tips on this page!
7b There aren’t enough tips on this page!

106 exam tips


Exam tips

TASK 4 TASK 6
The build up to the exam The day before the exam
Look at the piece of writing below and the points Go through this checklist the day before the exam to
mentioned at the end. How could it be improved make sure you’re prepared.
taking the points into account? • Have I got the exam centre address?
It’s two months untill my exams start and so I’ve made • Have I put the alarm clock on?
a study plan. I’ve decided to revise for three hours on a • Have I got all the pens and pencils that I need?
monday, tuesday and thursday evening after school. I’m
going to go to the book shop as it’s quieter there and
• Have I got the right directions to get to exam centre?
there are no distractions like the TV, my phone or my littel
brother and sister! On a wednesday, I always go swiming e day
Th
and I’m not going to stop doing that. People say that it’s a Eat a healthy breakfast, make sure you eat plenty of
good idea to do sport regularily when you are under exam
24 fruit and protein for your brain!

am
of
th
e ex
stress. In my study plan, I added time at school to revise
too. That way I can ask my teachers for advice, if I need Th
e day
Give yourself extra time when arriving to the exam (in
to. At the week end, two of my friends and I are going to 25 case of traffic, rain, public transport going slowly etc.)

am
of
th
e ex
meet so that we can test each other. On saturday evenings,
we’re going to watch films in english and hope that we Th
e day

understand them all! On sunday, I’m not going to do 26 Don’t get stressed and don’t panic!

am
of

any revision, I’m going to relax. I hope that my study plan th


e ex

works and that I pass all of my exams!


e day If you have time, take a short walk outside before
• essay structure • paragraphs Th

27 the exam in order to clear your mind and get your


• linking words • spelling
am
of

th
e ex body moving.
• capital letters • wrong words Th
e day

28 Breathe calmly and easily.


am
of

th
e ex

TASK 5
TASK 7
The build up to the exam
You can create your own wordsearches to revise The day of the exam
vocabulary. Why don’t you choose a set of words you Practise your breathing with a friend or someone in
want to revise and type ‘make a word search’ in your your family. You’ll feel how your body relaxes.
search engine … and play?!

e exa
th

29
m:
In

yb
da ef
Give an answer for every question.
Don’t stay up until the early hours trying to revise. g

19
enera
or
The

l
e

he Go to bed early and get a good night’s sleep.


m
t

exa
e exa
th
Read the whole passage before you begin to
30
m:
In

yb
da ef g answer questions.
20
enera
or
The

Don’t drink too many caffeine-loaded drinks.


e

he
m
t

exa
e exa
th

31
m:
In

yb
da ef
Always read the instructions very carefully.
Make sure you have all your papers, exam pens, g

21
enera
or
The

l
e

he pencils etc. ready to take in to the exam the next day.


m
t

exa
e exa
th
Pay attention to words in bold, words that are
32
m:
In

yb
da ef
Make sure you know how to get to the exam g italicised or underlined.
22
enera
or
The

l
e

he centre.
m
t

exa
th
e exa Manage your time: watch the clock. Know how
33
m:
In

yb
da ef
long you’ve got for each question. Don’t spend too
23
g
or
The

Put your alarm on, so you get up in good time!


enera
long on any one question.
l
e

he
m
t

exa
th
e exa Use every second of the test. If you have extra
34
m:
In

time at the end, go back over your answers. Check,


g
enera
double check, triple check.
l

th
e exa Circle answers in pencil that you are not sure you
35
m:
In

did correctly so that you can return to them if you


g
enera
have extra time at the end.
l

exam tips 107


Exam tips

e exa th
e exa
th
Don’t pay attention to those around you. Think W.W.W.W.W. (who, what, when, where and
36 51

m
In
m:
In

:
ting
read
g Concentrate on what you are doing! n why) when reading a text.

ri
enera ga

i
nd w
l

Don’t panic if you don´t understand a question or th


e exa
Check for signpost words that can help you
52

m
In
e exa
th

:
know the answer… move on to the next one and

ting
read
37
m:
In

n anticipate what the speaker will say.

ri
ga
return to the more difficult question once you´ve

i
nd w
g
enera
l

completed the other questions on that page. th


e exa
Underline key words (what YOU think is
53

m
In

:
ting
read
e exa
th
Skim the questions first before reading the text, so important) in the questions.
38
n

ri
m:

ga
In

i
nd w

g
enera you know exactly what you’re looking out for.
l

th
e exa Watch out for not or other negating words that
54

m
In

:
will change the meaning of the question and

ting
read
he exa
t
Pay close attention to any examples provided. Use
39
n
m:
In

answer.

ri
ga

i
nd w

g
enera them to help you.
l

e exa
th
Write notes or underline sentences in the text you
55

m
In

:
Use the text to answer the questions – copy

ting
read
e exa
th
think are significant.
40
n
m:
In

ri
ga
words accurately from the text, don’t make spelling

i
nd w

g
enera
mistakes.
l

e exa
th
Watch out for words such as all or never in
56
m
In

:
ting
read
e exa
th
questions.
41
n

ri
m:

ga
In

i
Leave time to check your answers at the end. nd w

g
enera
l

e exa
th
Don’t waste time reading the text every time you
57
m
In

:
ting
read

e exa
th
Always make sure you understand exactly what it need to answer a new question.
42
n
ri
m:

ga
In

nd w

g
enera is you’re being asked to do.
l

e exa
Don’t go back to the beginning of the text for
th
each question when you know from the task type
58
m
In

he exa
:

t
ting
read

43
m:
In

Don’t copy anyone else in the exam room! n that the answers will come in the order of the
ri

ga
i

nd w
g
enera
information in the text.
l

th
e exa Don’t worry if you have to cross out or change an th
e exa Don’t worry if you don’t understand every word –
44 59
m
In
m:
In

answer – just make sure you write the one you want you probably won’t need to in order to answer the
ting
read

g n
clearly! questions.
ri

enera ga
i

nd w
l

e exa
th
Read all of the information in the questions very
60
m
In

:
ting
read

TASK 8 n carefully and respond appropriately.


ri

ga
i

nd w

In the exam: general


Look at an old exam or ask your teacher for one. Read
all the questions carefully before starting and quickly TASK 9
plan how much time to dedicate to each. In the exam: reading and writing
Did you know that these are the 20 most common
e exa
th
spelling errors that Spanish speakers make when
45
m
In

Keep to the word limit.


:
ting
read

n writing in English? See if you can identify the words


ri

ga
i

nd w
and spell them correctly:
th
e exa Spelling is very important – make sure you spell 1 wich 11 recomend
46
m
In

2 confortable 12 begining
:

correctly. Go back at the end and check over the


ting
read

n
spelling in your answers. 3 becouse 13 responsability
ri

ga
i

nd w

e exa
4 accomodation 14 demostration
th
Paraphrase the words in the text when you’re 5 posible 15 recived
47
m
In

:
ting
read

n asked to answer in your own words. 6 belive 16 oportunity


ri

ga
i

nd w

7 diferent 17 advertisment
th
e exa
8 bycicle 18 ruber
Back up your answer with evidence from the text
48
m
In

9 enviroment 19 bussiness
ting
read

n in true / false questions.


ri

ga
i

nd w
10 beatiful 20 coffe
e exa
th
Make sure you know what kind of word you’re
49
m
In

:
ting
read

n looking for: a synonym / an antonym etc.


ri

ga
i

nd w

th
e exa Don’t read the text too quickly – take the time you
50
m
In

need and make sure you’ve understood everything


ting
read

n
properly.
ri

ga
i

nd w

108 exam tips


Exam tips

TASK 10 TASK 11
In the exam: reading and writing In the exam: writing
Choose a text that you feel like reading in English, Match the essay types with their structures.
from an online newspaper, for example. Go through 1 For and against essay 4 An informal email
it and as you are reading think: who, why, where, when, 2 A story 5 A review of a TV drama
what. Try and make questions beginning with these 3 An opinion essay 6 A description of a place
words and answer them.
a set the scene and context; write about the main
event and give details; the conclusion
th
e exa
Plan your ideas before you write, make a
b greeting and reason for writing; main information;
61
m:
In

closing
w
riting
paragraph plan before writing your answer.
c introduction to topic and both sides of argument;
e exa
reasons and examples to support the topic; reasons
th
and examples against the topic; conclusion and
62
m:
In

Make sure your ideas are relevant to the question.


w
riting personal opinion.
d the place: when, where, who; main features and
th
e exa
Try to avoid repeating the same words and phrases people; one further specific detail; summing-up
63
m:
In

w too often: use a range of vocabulary. sentence


riting
e state your opinion and give a general introduction
th
e exa to the topic; make points in support of your
Don’t use the same idea too often, give different
64 opinion; conclude the discussion by summarising
m:
In

w
riting
ideas for well-balanced writing. your arguments
e exa
f the context; the problem; the development; your
th
opinion
65
m:
In

Write clearly.
w
riting

e exa e exa
th th
Produce organised writing. Join ideas together Talk to the examiner – you’ll feel more involved in
66 72
m:
In

m:
In

w
riting
with linking words. pe the conversation.
g
s

akin

th
e exa Always structure your writing clearly – follow th
e exa

67 73
m:
m:

In
In

the paragraph structure you’ve learnt for different Listen carefully so you can give relevant answers.
w pe
riting
writing genres.
g
s

akin

th
e exa Try to capture the attention of the examiner in Answer questions with some detail, so your
68
m:

answers are long enough and you can show the


In

your writing. Make your writing as interesting and as e exa


w th
riting
descriptive as you can. examiner what you are capable of. The more you
74
m:
In

pe say, the more the examiner will realise you can do


g
s

Check your writing when you’ve finished: check akin


– an extended answer should show fluency and a
th
e exa spelling, punctuation, word order, grammar etc. variety of vocabulary and grammar too.
69
m:
In

Remember that days of the week, months of the


w
riting
year, countries, languages and nationalities all start th
e exa
It’s better to say something, even if it’s wrong, than
75
m:
In

with a capital. pe to say nothing at all.


g
s

akin
e exa
th
Always read the questions carefully and make sure
70
m:
In

e exa
th
you understand what you are being asked to do. 76
m:
In

w
riting Explain your opinions.
pe
g
s

akin
e exa
th

71
m:
In

Use examples to support your arguments. th


e exa

77
m:
In

w
riting Give examples when talking, where necessary.
pe
g
s

akin

e exa
th

78
m:
In

In a speaking exam, don’t forget to smile!!


pe
g
s

akin

e exa
th

79
m:
In

Use any preparation time you are given sensibly.


pe
g
s

akin

exam tips 109


Exam tips

e exa e exa
th th
PractiSe ways of delaying answers and using In a listening exam, underline key words in the
80 89
m:

m:
In

In
pe fillers in a speaking exam. is questions.

g
l
tenin
g
s

akin

e exa e exa
th th
Answer every question – there’s no point in
81 90
m:

m:
In

In
Don’t learn answers or speeches off by heart.
pe is leaving anything blank.

g
l
tenin
g
s

akin

th
e exa
th
e exa Listen carefully to the introduction of each
DON't Talk about anything irrelevant to the
82 91
m:
In

m:
In
section. This will give you useful information about
pe questions being asked. is
the situation and the speakers.
g
s

g
akin

l
tenin

Don’t worry if you realise you’ve made a mistake – th


e exa Use the time at the beginning of each section to
it’s fine if you correct yourself and if you don’t, don’t 92

m:
In
he exa
look through the questions and think about the
t
worry either – just carry on speaking. Remember: is
topic.
83

g
l
tenin
m:
In

pe natural speech from native speakers of a language


g
s

akin
always involves mistakes, correction, pauses, fillers, th
e exa Check how many times you’ll be able to listen
93

m:
In
hesitation… to the recording, this will help you know what to
is
expect.

g
l
tenin

he exa
t
Don’t ask the examiner if what you have said is
84 Keep to the word limit – if you’re asked to answer a
m:
In

e exa
th
correct in a speaking exam. 94
m:
In
pe
question in ‘no more than three words’ , for example,
g
s

akin
is
make sure you do not write more than three words.
g
l
tenin

he exa
t
Be careful to choose the right word for what you
85 Try to answer all of the questions, even if you
m:
In

e exa
th
want to say eg: parents / relations; library / bookshop.
95
m:
In

pe
feel you don’t know the answer – you may have
g
s

akin
is
understood more than you think.
g
l

tenin
e exa
th
Remember we say by train, by bus, by plane, by car,
86
m:
In

e exa
th
but on foot. Write clearly – if your writing isn’t clear, you may
96
m:
In

pe
g
s

akin
is lose marks.
g
l

tenin
e exa
th

87
m:
In

Remember the third person singular has an s! th


e exa Don’t panic if you don’t understand every word –
97
pe
m:
In

you often don’t need to understand EVERYTHING to


g
s

akin
is
answer the questions.
g
l

tenin
e exa
th

88
m:
In

Try to use phrasal verbs. th


e exa Don’t panic if you miss a question – look ahead
98
pe
m:
g
s

akin
In

and concentrate on listening out for the next one.


is
You’ll probably hear the recording again.
g
l

tenin

Predict what you think you might hear and


TASK 12 th
e exa

99
m:
In

think of words related to the subject matter before


In the exam: speaking is
listening.
g
l

tenin

Remember: natural speech from native speakers of a


language always involves mistakes, correction, pauses,
fillers, hesitation… TASK 14
See how many expressions for filling conversations
you can think of. Here are a few to get you started: In the exam: listening
Uhmmmm … Imagine you are going to listen to different extracts
Yeah, well,… about famous people, the media, the environment,
The thing is … sport and technology. Predict which words you think
Like … you might hear for each of these extracts.
…and that …

e exa
th
Relax when you’re in the exam – take deep
100
m:
In

breaths and remember you can do it!


TASK 13 is
g
l

tenin

In the exam: speaking


‘Talk about yourself’. In speaking exams, you usually
have to talk about yourself for a few minutes. Practise TASK 15
doing this at home in front of a mirror. Practise as In the exam: finally!
much as you can, if you know what to say, you’ll Take some time to think positively – maybe one
feel more confident – and we all like talking about minute. Think through all the things you’ve learnt and
ourselves! achieved in English over the last two years.

110 exam tips


Irregular verbs

Irregular verbs
Infinitive Past simple Past participle
arise arose arisen
awake awoke awoken
be was / were been
beat beat beaten
become became become
begin began begun
bend bent bent
bite bit bitten
bleed bled bled
blow blew blown
break broke broken
bring brought brought
build built built
burn burnt / burned burnt / burned
buy bought bought
catch caught caught
choose chose chosen
come came come
cost cost cost
cut cut cut
deal dealt dealt
dig dug dug
do did done
draw drew drawn
dream dreamt / dreamed dreamt / dreamed
drink drank drunk
drive drove driven
eat ate eaten
fall fell fallen
feed fed fed
feel felt felt
fight fought fought
find found found
fly flew flown
forbid forbade forbidden
forget forgot forgotten
forgive forgave forgiven
freeze froze frozen
get got got
give gave given
go went gone
grow grew grown
hang hung hung
have had had
hear heard heard
hide hid hidden
hit hit hit
hold held held
hurt hurt hurt
keep kept kept
kneel knelt knelt
know knew known
lay laid laid
lead led led
learn learnt / learned learnt / learned

irregular verbs 111


Irregular verbs

Infinitive Past simple Past participle

leave left left


lend lent lent
let let let
lie lay lain
light lit lit
lose lost lost
make made made
mean meant meant
meet met met
pay paid paid
put put put
read read read
ride rode ridden
ring rang rung
rise rose risen
run ran run
say said said
see saw seen
sell sold sold
send sent sent
set set set
sew sewed sewn
shake shook shaken
shine shone shone
shoot shot shot
show showed shown
shut shut shut
sing sang sung
sink sank sunk
sit sat sat
sleep slept slept
smell smelt / smelled smelt / smelled
speak spoke spoken
spell spelt / spelled spelt / spelled
spend spent spent
spill spilt / spilled spilt / spilled
spoil spoilt / spoiled spoilt / spoiled
stand stood stood
steal stole stolen
stick stuck stuck
strike struck struck
sweep swept swept
swim swam swum
swing swung swung
take took taken
teach taught taught
tear tore torn
tell told told
think thought thought
throw threw thrown
understand understood understood
wake woke woken
wear wore worn
win won won
write wrote written

112 irregular verbs


English for Spanish Speakers

English for Spanish Speakers


cOmMoN MiStAkEs
aT BaChIlLeRaTo 2
CMYK

BeYoNd tHe cLaSsRoOm


ISBN 13: 9788490368060 OUT & ABOUT COMMON MISTAKES AT BACHILLERATO 2 – SPINE 3.5 mm

The final Bachillerato exam and the University Entrance Exam are the key to success
at this stage of students’ learning, but education goes beyond the classroom and exams.

OUT & ABOUT


Out & About is a course which provides solid language development for the exams and also
prepares students for real life and for the world in which they will live as adults.

CoMmOn mIsTaKeS At bAcHiLlErAtO


Common Mistakes at Bachillerato focuses on frequent errors made
by Spanish Speakers of English at this level. The booklet highlights
real errors from real learners and explains how to avoid them. It also:

common mistakes at bachillerato 2


includes twenty-one units includes a full answer key
which focus on grammar, so that students can use
vocabulary and written work the book for self-study.
monitors progress through
tests every three units

CoMmOn mIsTaKeS 
Ramírez and Royo
aT BaChIlLeRaTo 2

OUT & ABOUT helps Spanish-speaking


Bachillerato
learners overcome the difficulties they face
when learning English. This is achieved by Batxillerat
integrating our expert knowledge of ISBN 978-84-9036-806-0
Spanish speakers with information taken
from the unique Cambridge Learner Corpus.
Batxilergoa Eulalia Ramírez
www.cambridge.org/elt/ess 9 788490 368060 Bacharelato Raquel Royo
English for Spanish Speakers

CoMmOn mIsTaKeS 
aT BaChIlLeRaTo 2

Bachillerato
Batxillerat
Batxilergoa Eulalia Ramírez
Bacharelato Raquel Royo
José Abascal 56, 1º – 28003 Madrid, Spain

Cambridge University Press is part of the University of Cambridge.


It furthers the University’s mission by disseminating knowledge in the pursuit of
education, learning and research at the highest international levels of excellence.

www.cambridge.org
© Cambridge University Press 2015
This publication is in copyright. Subject to statutory exception
and to the provisions of relevant collective licensing agreements,
no reproduction of any part may take place without the written
permission of Cambridge University Press.
First published 2015
Printed in Spain
978-84-9036-806-0 Student’s Book 2 with Common Mistakes at Bachillerato Booklet
978-84-9036-807-7 Workbook 2 with downloadable audio
978-84-9036-808-4 Teacher’s Book 2
978-84-9036-809-1 Class Audio CDs 2
978-84-9036-810-7 Teacher’s Resource Disc 2
978-84-9036-811-4 Teacher’s DVD with Activity Booklet
978-84-9036-813-8 PAU Test Generator
Additional resources for this publication at www.outandabout.es
Cambridge University Press has no responsibility for the persistence or accuracy of
URLs for external or third-party internet websites referred to in this publication,
and does not guarantee that any content on such websites is, or will remain,
accurate or appropriate. Information regarding prices, travel timetables, and other
factual information given in this work is correct at the time of first printing but
Cambridge University Press does not guarantee the accuracy of such information
thereafter.
Contents
Contents

1 Adjective order 5
2 Prepositions of time 6
3 The use of the 7

TEST 1 8

4 Using adjectives as nouns 10


5 Reported questions 11
6 Less, fewer, not much and not many 12

TEST 2 13

7 As or like? 15
8 Singular or plural? 16
9 I wish … 17

TEST 3 18

10 Prepositions of place: on, in, or at? 20


11 Who, which or that? 21
12 False friends 22

TEST 4 23

13 Some commonly confused verbs 25


14 To have something done or to get something done 26
15 I think I won’t do it or I don’t think I’ll do it? 27

TEST 5 28

16 Adjective + preposition 30
17 The third conditional 31
18 Talking about purpose 32
TEST 6 33

19 Can’t and mustn’t 35


20 Present perfect 36
21 Using it in sentences 37

TEST 7 38

Answer key 40
1
Adjective order
1 Tick (3) the correct sentence in each pair.
1 a The winner was given a fantastic Finnish tiny mobile phone.
b The winner was given a fantastic tiny Finnish mobile phone.
2 a Finally he chose a green and orange shirt.
b Finally he chose a green, orange shirt.

With more than one adjective, we follow a specific order: 1 Opinion   2 Fact.
Within fact, we usually follow this order: size and length, age, shape and width,
colour, origin, material.
3 A beautiful big old square brown English wooden table.

If there are two or more colour adjectives in a sentence, we join them with and. We
don’t use and if one of the adjectives isn’t a colour.
3 The flag is red, white and blue. 7 The flag is red, white, blue.
3 A big green bus. 7 A big and green bus.

2 Correct the mistake below.

That French
boring TV show
sent them
to sleep.

‘That .................................................................................. sent them to sleep.’

3 Put the words in the correct order to make sentences.


1 It is the / building / wooden / tallest / apartment / in London
It is the tallest wooden apartment building in London.
2 Emily bought an / kitchen / ugly / table / aluminium / Italian

3 His granny gave him an / orange / ornament / iron / awful / for his birthday

4 I’d like to buy a new pair of / black / Swiss / and / climbing boots / purple

5 She’s always wearing her / jeans / scruffy / English / old

6 Jeremy fell in love with his / classmate / beautiful / tall / Canadian

7 I’ve got a / Greek / and / blue / white / flag

8 There’s a / big / green / gorgeous / tree / in my back garden

5
2
Prepositions of time
1 Tick (3) the correct sentence in each pair.
1 a As it gets dark so late at the North Pole, we had to wear sunglasses on dinnertime.
b As it gets dark so late at the North Pole, we had to wear sunglasses at dinnertime.
2 a They usually go to the swimming pool on Monday morning.
b They usually go to the swimming pool in Monday morning.

We use at with times of the day, and with celebrations.


3 I have to stay at school at lunchtime. 7 I have to stay at school in lunchtime.

We use on with days of the week, dates and special holidays.


3 Most shops open in England on Sunday. 7 Most shops open in England in Sunday.

We use in with months, seasons, years, decades, centuries and ages and periods of
time and also with some parts of the day.
3 After several years of steady growth, the IT bubble burst in the 1990’s.
7 After several years of steady growth, the IT bubble burst at the 1990’s.
3 I love watching the sunset in the evening.

2 Correct the mistake below.

Christopher
Columbus was
here at 12
October 1492

Christopher Columbus was here ........................................ .

3 Are these sentences right or wrong? Correct those which are wrong.
1 I’ll be lying on the beach in a couple of days. right
2 My English friends usually visit us on Christmas.
3 Toby bought his first scooter in the eighties.
4 Two planes destroyed the Twin Towers in New York in 11 September 2001.
5 Mozart wrote his first symphony with the age of eight.
6 They award the Nobel Prize every year on December.
7 I’m always in a bad mood at breakfast time.
8 I love having a glass of orange juice on the morning.

6
3
The use of the
1 Tick (3) the correct sentence in each pair.
1 a Dogs are sociable animals.
b The dogs are sociable animals.
2 a It is said that the money is the root of all evil.
b It is said that money is the root of all evil.
3 a The lions are dangerous animals.
b The lion is a dangerous animal.

We make general statements with singular uncountable nouns or plural countable


nouns, without the.
3 Water is necessary for life.
7  The water is necessary for the life.
3 Larks are small brown birds with a melodious song.
7  The larks are small brown birds with a melodious song.

We can also sometimes use a singular countable noun preceded by the.


3 The lark is a small brown bird, with a melodious song.
3 Is the guitar an easy instrument to learn?

2 Correct the mistake below.


I thought the polar
bears liked the fish.

‘I thought …………………................... !’

3 Add the to these sentences where necessary.


1 Is olive oil healthier than butter?
2 teenager is an invention of the twentieth century.
3 You can find more information about penguins on internet.
4 It’s widely accepted that high blood pressure is linked with
heart attacks.
5 dolphin is one of the most intelligent creatures in the world.
6 giraffes are the world’s tallest mammals.
7 children are much better with computers than adults.
8 Did you know that love makes the world go round?

7
TEST
TEST 1
1 Circle the correct sentence in each pair.
1 a We had to spend the night in a wooden big old cabin.
b We had to spend the night in a big old wooden cabin.
2 a Look at that big and brown dog!
b Look at that big brown dog!
3 a The gorgeous tall British actor waved as he left the theatre.
b The British tall gorgeous actor waved as he left the theatre.
4 a Last year we had a fantastic German language teacher.
b Last year we had a German fantastic language teacher.
5 a I bought a red, green and purple skirt yesterday – it’s really hippy-looking!
b I bought a red, green, purple skirt yesterday – it’s really hippy-looking!
6 a Vincent refused to use that old disgusting cotton sleeping bag.
b Vincent refused to use that disgusting old cotton sleeping bag.
7 a The new gallery is a glass extraordinary hexagonal building.
b The new gallery is an extraordinary hexagonal glass building.
8 a Jacob drove me home in his Japanese sports brand-new car.
b Jacob drove me home in his brand-new Japanese sports car.

2 Underline the correct word.


1 Your pizzas will be ready in / at a few minutes, children!
2 The bombing of Guernica took place on / in 26 April, 1937.
3 At / On Easter a lot of tourists go to Andalusia to see the religious processions.
4 Sir Alexander Fleming discovered penicillin on / in 1928.
5 The library closes at / in 2 pm on / in Saturdays.
6 There was a great advance in technology in / on the twentieth century.
7 Yesterday I left work at / in midnight.
8 He always spends the summer in Edinburgh, but on / in the winter he visits his
relatives in Australia.

3 Complete the sentences with the where necessary.


1 Unless the world’s tiger population is protected, tigers will
eventually become extinct.
2 Don’t you think that rose is a really beautiful flower?
3 health is more important than wealth.
4 car is a great invention.
5 When do Scotsmen wear their kilts?
6 planes are faster than trains.
7 It is very difficult to stop young children from making noise.
8 Which do you prefer, coffee or tea?

8
4 Circle the correct answer a, b or c to complete the text.
1
are the best place to relax. I love going for a walk through the
2
park near my house, 3 the early morning
4
in winter. I get up at eight and eat a fresh orange because
5
are known to be full of vitamin C. Last weekend I met a
6
busker who was playing by the lake 7
sunrise! I can’t understand why some people prefer staying in bed until late
8
the weekend.
1 a The parks b  A park c  Parks
2 a large historic b  wonderful large c  historic wonderful
wonderful historic large
3 a at b  in c  on
4 a on Saturdays b  in Saturdays c  Saturdays
5 a the orange b  an orange c  oranges
6 a funny old Dutch b  Dutch funny old c  old funny Dutch
7 a at b  in the c  on
8 a at b  in c  on

5 Are these sentences right or wrong? Correct those which are wrong.
1 We usually go to the cinema with some friends in Friday evening.

2 The teenagers do not generally listen to their parents’ advice.


3 It was an interesting German magazine, but I can’t remember its name.
4 The last Beatles concert was in 29 August 1966.
5 A new lovely pet store has just opened in the shopping centre.
6 My grandmother has to take three different pills at bedtime.
7 The e-books may be very useful if you travel a lot.
8 Some important characteristics of good politicians are the honesty, the generosity
and the efficiency.

9
4
Using adjectives as nouns
1 Tick (3) the correct sentence in each pair.
1 a The rich are said to be happier than the poor.
b The richs are said to be happier than the poors.
2 a Can you see those three girls? The short is my sister and the tall are her friends.
b Can you see those three girls? The short one is my sister and the tall ones are her friends.

We use the before adjectives (the poor, the rich, etc.) to make general statements
about particular groups of people. We don’t make the adjective plural.
3 The sick and the old were well looked after.
7 The sicks and the olds were well looked after.

We have to use one or ones after the adjective when we refer back to one thing or
group of things and don’t want to repeat the noun.
3 Of the three snacks, the sweet one was delicious but the salty ones were even better.
7 Of the three snacks, the sweet was delicious but the salty was even better.

We can’t use one to replace an uncountable noun. Here we can sometimes use the
adjective alone or we can repeat the noun.
3 I used white sugar because I didn’t have any brown (sugar).

We can’t usually use the adjective as a noun to represent abstract concepts – we


usually add thing(s).
3 The difficult thing is making your ideas clear.
7 The difficult is making your ideas clear.

2 Correct the mistake below.


The olds are fitter
than the youngs
these days.

‘The …………………………………………………… ’

3 Are these sentences right or wrong? Correct those which are wrong.
1 He always tries to do the right. He always tries to do the right thing
2 In many countries, there is a special organisation that helps the blind.
3 Both scarves are nice but I prefer the long to the short.
4 There’s a great retirement home for the olds in my neighbourhood.
5 These seats are reserved for the disabled.
6 The good about this school is that the teachers really treat you as adults.
7 I don’t like white coffee, I only drink black.
8 The youngs are really intuitive with electronic devices.

10
5
Reported questions
1 Tick (3) the correct sentence in each pair.
1 a They asked her whether had she heard the news.
b They asked her whether she had heard the news.
2 a I wonder how fast your car can go.
b I wonder how fast can your car go.

When we report questions, we change the question into a statement.


3 I wanted to know where the meeting was going to be held.
7 I wanted to know where was the meeting going to be held.
3 A passer-by asked me whether I needed any help.
7 A passer-by asked me whether did I need any help.
3 Our parents asked us why we didn’t want to go with them.
7 Our parents asked us why didn’t we want to go with them.

2 Correct the mistake below.

I only asked her why


didn’t she want me
to carry her bag.

‘I only asked her why …………………………………… .’

3 Rewrite the sentences using the pronouns in brackets.


1 Why didn’t you come earlier?
She wanted to know why I hadn’t come earlier . (I)
2 Where were you last night?
My mother wants to know where . (she)
3 Who invited you to this party?
I wonder who . (you)
4 Do you want to come to the cinema on Friday?
He is asking whether . (she)
5 How many brothers and sisters have you got?
Can you tell me ? (you)
6 Which university are you applying to?
The teacher will ask . (them)
7 What is everybody looking at?
I don’t understand what . (everybody)
8 Why aren’t you speaking to me?
Can you explain why ? (you)
11
6
Less, fewer, not much and not many
1 Tick (3) the correct sentence in each pair.
1 a It was cold so not many fans were waiting outside the concert hall.
b It was cold so not much fans were waiting outside the concert hall.
2 a Most people drink less water than they should.
b Most people drink fewer water than they should.

We use less and not much before uncountable nouns (rice, cotton, furniture, etc.) and
before abstract nouns (curiosity, peace, freedom, etc.).
3 Retired people often have to live on less money than they need.
7 Retired people often have to live on fewer money than they need.
3 There’s not much happiness in the world these days!
7 There’s not many happiness in the world these days!

We use fewer and not many with plural countable nouns.


3 Last winter was milder. There were fewer days below zero.
7 Last winter was milder. There were less days below zero.
3 Not many of you will pass the exam if you don’t work harder.
7 Not much of you will pass the exam if you don’t work harder.

2 Correct the mistake below.

There weren’t much


fans at the gig last night.

‘There weren’t …………………………………………………… ’

3 Underline the correct words.


1 There aren’t much / many days left before the Olympics. Everybody is getting
very excited.
2 Claire usually works less / fewer hours than I do.
3 Yesterday there was less / fewer traffic than expected.
4 Rachel and Karla didn’t require much / many help because they are very efficient.
5 The film director didn’t show much / many originality in the remake.
6 There are less and less / fewer and fewer petrol-fuelled cars than there used to be.
7 Some people think that there is less / fewer justice nowadays.
8 The busker hadn’t collected much / many coins, despite playing all day.

12
TEST
TEST 2
1 Complete the sentences with the, one(s) or thing(s).
1 The sophistication of a culture can be shown by the way it treats two important
generations: old and young.
2 One of the most important in life is love.
3 Schooling has always been aimed at bright children rather than the less academic
.
4 They have started a new centre for deaf.
5 Those dogs are brothers but the black dog is friendlier than the brown .
6 wise learn more from fools than fools learn from wise.
7 All governments should consider the needs of elderly.
8 Deciding was easy. The hard was to convince my husband!

2 Put the words in italics in the correct order.


1 Miriam asked her teacher where she / find / could the library.
2 They wanted to know why were / we / laughing so loudly.
3 My sister asked me where had / bought / I my new jumper.
4 I wonder why didn’t / he / accept the job in Germany.
5 We asked the actors whether perform / they / would in Madrid in December.

6 My friends wanted to know when was / going / I to have my birthday party.

7 I need to find out where going / he / is to spend his Christmas holidays.

8 I wondered why she / told / hadn’t that story before.

3 Complete the sentences with less, fewer, (not) much or (not) many.
1 That newspaper didn’t publish news about the Middle East conflict.
2 With the close of many businesses, there are people travelling to work
than a few years ago.
3 rules were approved by the students’ assembly. There was a lot of
disagreement.
4 He spends time watching the TV than he used to.
5 Unfortunately, lives could be saved.
6 There was agreement during the summit. It was a disaster.
7 It was a matter of importance than he had thought.
8 I have far friends who smoke these days.

13
4 Circle the correct answer a, b or c to complete the text.
There are not very 1 people who can afford to buy an expensive
car – even 2 now than five years ago – though most people can
pay for a cheap or second-hand 3 . We asked two people how
much 4 to spend on a car. The first 5 ,
6
a student, said that the difficult was finding a good, reliable car
7
for money than you earn with a three-month holiday job. We
asked the second one, a rich businesswoman, if 8 spent more on
a car than on a house but she declined to answer.
1 a much b  less c  many
2 a fewer b  less c  not many
3 a one b  ones c  –
4 a would they be prepared b  they would be prepared c  they be prepared
5 a one b  ones c  thing
6 a one b  – c  thing
7 a less b  fewer c  not much
8 a had she ever b  she had ever c  she ever

5 Are these sentences right or wrong? Correct those which are wrong.
1 They felt that the chocolate croissants were better than the plain.

2 I want to know why were you with Sarah at the party.

3 There are less books in this library than there used to be.

4 I’ve got some white chocolate but I haven’t got any dark.

5 She didn’t have much biscuits for breakfast.

6 The sad is that they had just bought a flat together when they broke up.

7 They haven’t got many money so they can’t go away this year.

8 She wanted to know why I hadn’t invited her to go with us.

14
7
As or like?
1 Tick (3) the correct sentence in each pair.
1 a I saw some kids using a schoolbag as a football.
b I saw some kids using a schoolbag like a football.
2 a Like his father, George W. Bush became President of the USA.
b As his father, George W. Bush became President of the USA.

We use as to talk about the role, the job, the use or the function of a person or a thing.
3 I’m telling you this as your friend.   7  I’m telling you this like your friend.
3 Sam has worked as a flight attendant since 2007.
3 We had to use our coats as blankets.

We also use as to mean ‘in the way that’. In this case as is followed by a clause. In
modern English we increasingly use like in this way too.
3 Teddy did his homework carefully as the teacher told him to.
3 Teddy did his homework carefully like the teacher told him to. (informal)

To compare something to something else, we use like before a noun, pronoun or gerund.
3 She eats like a bird.   7  She eats as a bird.
3 It was very annoying when he started dressing like me.
3 Using Google Earth is like travelling on a satellite.

Informally we can use like instead of such as before examples.


3 Your heart is very weak, so avoid sports like / such as running and football.
7 Your heart is very weak, so avoid sports as running and football.

2 Correct the mistake below.


I told you that I had
worked like a fire-eater,
not like a firefighter.

‘I told you that I had worked ………………………………………..……………….. ’

3 Are these sentences right or wrong? Correct those which are wrong.
1 Stop using my arm like a pillow! Stop using my arm as a pillow!
2 Why can’t you just sit quietly as everybody else?
3 Roberto’s teacher spoke to him as a father.
4 Katie lacks individuality. She thinks just like her parents.
5 It looks as snow, but it is just sleet.
6 I prefer classical Spanish composers as Falla or Albéniz.
7 Lots of British teenagers work as newspaper boys or girls.
8 Everything happened as expected.
15
8
Singular or plural?
1 Tick (3) the correct sentence in each pair.
1 a The good news are that we have already raised 2,000 euros.
b The good news is that we have already raised 2,000 euros.
2 a People often think that I am Italian because of my name.
b People often thinks that I am Italian because of my name.

We use a singular verb with some words that look plural, for example, games (darts,
billiards, dominoes, etc.), diseases (measles, mumps, etc.), subject names ending
in -ics (Mathematics, Physics, politics, etc.) and the word news.
3 Mathematics plays an important part in Physics.
7 Mathematics play an important part in Physics.

We use a singular verb with collective nouns (family, government, crowd, etc.), but, if
they are seen as a group of individuals, they can be followed by a plural verb.
3 My family lives in a small village in the north of Spain.
3 My family are very friendly. We love meeting new people.

We always use a plural verb with the nouns people, cattle and the police.
3 The police have blocked off the street.   7 The police has blocked off the street.

Some words (means, sheep, etc.) have the same form for the singular and plural. We
use singular verbs with them when they are in the singular, and plural in the plural.
3 The cheapest means of transport is a bicycle.
3 All other means of transport are more expensive.

2 Correct the mistake below.

He’s got mumps,


which are
very contagious.

‘He’s got mumps ……………………………………………………… ’

3 Underline the correct words. In some sentences both are correct.


1 Traditionally cattle was / were kept for their meat and their milk.
2 Politics is / are not just about power.
3 The government has / have made no proposals to redefine the role of the army.
4 The crowd was / were completely silent in the demonstration.
5 The police is / are looking for a dangerous gang of criminals.
6 There is / are many means of making money if you really want to.
7 Billiards is / are played on a table with a ball and a long stick called a cue.
8 Why is / are people so obsessed with celebrities?
16
9
I wish …
1 Tick (3) the correct sentence in each pair.
1 a I wish I were on the beach.
b I wish I would be on the beach.
2 a The trip was fantastic. If only you came with us.
b The trip was fantastic. If only you had come with us.
3 a I wish he would realise that he’s just not a good singer.
b I wish he realise that he’s just not a good singer.

We use I wish or If only followed by a past simple or past continuous form to express
regret about present situations or the desire for a change for the present or future.
3 I wish I were taller.
7 I wish I would be taller.   7  I wish I am taller.
3 If only you could come with me.
3 If only they were showing the concert live on TV.

We use I wish or If only followed by a past perfect form to express regret about the
past.
3 I wish I had studied harder for last week’s exam.
7 I wish I studied harder for last week’s exam.

We use I wish or If only followed by the conditional (would + verb) to express a


complaint or unhappiness about a current situation or someone’s behaviour.
3 If only my bosses would be more sympathetic when I speak to them.
7 If only my bosses are more sympathetic when I speak to them.

2 Correct the mistake below.

I wish I would
have my bikini
with me.

‘I wish …………………………………………………… ’

3 Complete the sentences with the correct form of the verb in brackets.
1 He’s such a gossip! I wish he hadn’t spread (not spread) that rumour about me.
2 I am hopeless at music. I wish I (be able to) play a musical instrument.
3 If only I (see) him before he left last night.
4 If only Luisa (give) us an answer.
5 I wish you (stop) smoking.
6 I wish I (know) how to use this camera.
7 I’m so exhausted! If only my students (be) less noisy in class!
8 The band was amazing! I wish Zoe and Danny (be) there.
17
TEST
TEST 3
1 Circle the correct sentence in each pair.
1 a The queen spoke as a mother to her children.
b The queen spoke like a mother to her children.
2 a It smells as Mexican food.
b It smells like Mexican food.
3 a I worked as a shop assistant for six months.
b I worked like a shop assistant for six months.
4 a Alex drank as a fish last night!
b Alex drank like a fish last night!
5 a Everything is ready, as you requested.
b Everything is ready, like you requested.
6 a He used his credit card as an ice scraper.
b He used his credit card like an ice scraper.
7 a Children are asked not to bring junk food, as hamburgers and crisps.
b Children are asked not to bring junk food, like hamburgers and crisps.
8 a Being on this boat is as being on a rollercoaster.
b Being on this boat is like being on a rollercoaster.

2 Underline the correct word. In some sentences both forms are correct.
1 I love dominoes. It is / They are very easy to play.
2 Believe it or not, the news is / are good.
3 My cousin loves Physics. It’s / They’re her favourite subject.
4 The audience was / were enjoying every minute of the concert.
5 The government has / have prioritised several actions in the fight against hunger.
6 Domestic sheep lives / live in most parts of the world alongside humans.
7 The police has / have found an important consignment of drugs.
8 His family comes / come from Northern Ireland.

3 Are these sentences right or wrong? Correct those which are wrong.
1 Arthur is late. I wish I would have his mobile number.
2 It’s pouring with rain. I wish we would have brought our umbrellas.
3 If only some people are less selfish and more public-spirited.
4 I wish I would be better at Mathematics.
5 I wish I had a solution for the problem. It is really difficult.
6 If only we would have stayed a little longer, we would have seen the celebrities
coming out.
7 Those busybodies are always criticising me. I wish they would leave me alone.

8 We missed the start of the film. If only we would have taken the bus earlier.

18
4 Underline the correct word in the text.
‘Politics 1 is / are the art of the possible,’ said Bismarck. I wish this 2 is / were true
because people 3 is / are really concerned about unemployment. Many youngsters
today are worried about their future. Some are now working 4 as / like shop assistants
or labourers or in other low-paid jobs, 5 as / like cleaning houses.
We interviewed one teenager who said, ‘If only I 6 had studied / would have studied
foreign languages at school!’. ‘Mathematics 7 is / are pretty important too’, said her
friend. ‘I wish I 8 were / would be good at Maths’, she sighed.

5 Are these sentences right or wrong? Correct those which are wrong.
1 My grandpa still looks after the sheep that are in his fields.

2 This smart phone has a lot of functions, like texting, GPS, email, etc.

3 I love going to the cinema. I wish it is less expensive.


4 We celebrated with fireworks, as we always do in my village!

5 My flight was delayed last night. If only I had something to read.

6 Many people doesn’t stop to help when they see a homeless person.

7 I wish I bought that lovely dress last week. Now it has sold out.

8 Gymnastics are my favourite subject because the teacher is very enthusiastic.

19
10
Prepositions of place: on, in, or at?
1 Tick (3) the correct sentence in each pair.
1 a At many countries you have to wear a uniform to school.
b In many countries you have to wear a uniform to school.
2 a There were very few people on the plane.
b There were very few people in the plane.

On generally indicates ‘on the surface of’: on the river / the horizon / the coast, on
Earth, on a plane / train, on page 1, on the menu, on the screen, etc.
3 New York is the most fascinating city on Earth.
7 New York is the most fascinating city in Earth.

In generally indicates that something is surrounded or enclosed by something else.


We use in for towns and countries and in a row / queue, in one’s hand, in the garden,
in the middle of, in the air, in a car / taxi, in a lift, in the east / west, etc.
3 I had to wait in a massive queue for my visa.
7 I had to wait on a massive queue for my visa.

At indicates that something is near something else: at the seaside, at the bus stop / the
station / the market, at the door, at the end of the street, at the table, etc.
3 There’s someone knocking at the door.
7 There’s someone knocking on the door.

2 Correct the mistake below.

Couldn’t you sit


on the table like
everybody else?

‘Couldn’t you sit …………………………………………… ?’

3 Complete the sentences with the correct preposition: on, in or at.


1 Some of my friends spend their summer holidays at the seaside.
2 Let’s see what’s the menu.
3 I’ll wait for you the bus stop.
4 Have a look at the graphs page 50.
5 My grandparents were born Romania.
6 The children were playing the middle of the street.
7 There are lots of black clouds the horizon.
8 You’ll find a small antique shop the end of the street.

20
11
Who, which or that?
1 Tick (3) the correct sentence in each pair.
1 a This is the new computer application, which can be very helpful.
b This is the new computer application, that can be very helpful.
2 a The contestant who won was thrilled.
b The contestant which won was thrilled.

In a defining relative clause, we can use who or that, but not which, when we refer to
people. We use which or that when we refer to things.
3 The captain who / that rescued so many people was from New Zealand.
7 The captain which rescued so many people was from New Zealand.
3 The magazine which / that we bought cost three pounds.

In a non-defining relative clause we can use only who when we refer to people and
which to refer to things.
3 Mrs Rogers, who comes from Ireland, is the new manager.
7 Mrs Roger, that comes from Ireland, is the new manager.
3 We all sang Sweet Caroline, which is very popular in the USA.
7 We all sang Sweet Caroline, that is very popular in the USA.

2 Correct the mistake below.

The pilot which


flew the plane wasn’t
very experienced.

‘The pilot ……………………………………………………………… !’

3 Underline the correct word. In some sentences there are two possible answers.
1 The management restructuring, which / that / who was discussed during the
briefing, is going to be very controversial.
2 The police arrested some of the protesters which / that / who / had occupied
the square.
3 Is that the dress which / that / who you bought on Saturday?
4 Our new commercial, which / that / who we filmed in the zoo, is going to have a
great impact on the audience.
5 Linus Tonvalds, which / that / who is the creator of Linux, studied at Helsinki
University.
6 Everybody thinks that the film which / that / who we saw yesterday is very realistic.
7 Thanks to mobiles and CCTV, we saw a lot of footage of the tsunami which / that /
who hit Japan in 2011.
8 The people which / that / who we met during our trip were extremely kind.

21
12
False friends
1 Tick (3) the correct sentence in each pair.
1 a I love Michael Jackson’s music, but not the lyrics of his songs.
b I love Michael Jackson’s music, but not the letters of his songs.
2 a She was really polite even though I wasn’t particularly nice to her.
b She was really educated even though I wasn’t particularly nice to her.

English words may look similar to Spanish words but often mean something different.

Lyrics are the words to a song. Letters are a set of symbols used to write a language.
3 Paul Simon writes the lyrics for most of his songs.
7 Paul Simon writes the letters for most of his songs.
3 There are 26 letters in the English alphabet.

Polite means ‘behaving in a way that is socially appropriate’. Educated means ‘having
learned a lot at school or university and having a good level of knowledge’.

To happen means ‘to come into existence’. To succeed means ‘to achieve something
you have been aiming for’.

Success means ‘the achieving of the results wanted or hoped for’. Exit means ‘the door
through which you might leave a building’.

Nice means ‘pleasant’, ‘enjoyable’ or ‘satisfactory’. Sympathetic means ‘showing


understanding and care for someone’s suffering’.

2 Correct the mistake below.

The concert isn’t


a great exit!

‘The concert ………………………………………………………… !’

3 Are these sentences right or wrong? Correct those which are wrong.
1 She had great exit as an opera singer in her youth.
She had great success as an opera singer in her youth.
2 She only thinks about herself. She isn’t a very sympathetic person.
3 She stopped loving me and I didn’t even notice it had happened!
4 The most important thing about a song is its letters.
5 The play she was in was a great success.
6 ‘How did it succeed?’ ‘I really don’t know. One minute he was here and the next he
was gone.’
7 How many letters are there in your name?
8 They were very sympathetic when my dog died.
22
TEST
TEST 4
1 Are these sentences right or wrong? Correct those which are wrong.
1 He loves standing right on the middle of the crowd when he goes to concerts.

2 I was brought up on a farm in Yorkshire.


3 I bought all these vegetables for five euros on the market.
4 He scribbled his phone number on an envelope.
5 She was holding a tiny insect in her hand.
6 We were waiting at a queue for the theatre when we saw my boss.

7 It’s one of the smallest creatures in Earth.


8 Turn left at the traffic lights.

2 Circle the correct sentence in each pair. In some pairs both sentences are correct.
1 a The musicians who played last night were awful.
b The musicians which played last night were awful.
2 a We visited the Smithsonian Museums, that may be the world’s largest museum
complex.
b We visited the Smithsonian Museums, which may be the world’s largest
museum complex.
3 a I recognise the woman which is sitting at the table over there.
b I recognise the woman that is sitting at the table over there.
4 a The caretaker, who had originally informed the police, was arrested.
b The caretaker, that had originally informed the police, was arrested.
5 a My flight to New York, that was already delayed, was eventually cancelled.
b My flight to New York, which was already delayed, was finally cancelled.
6 a The map that you lent me was really useful.
b The map which you lent me was really useful.
7 a She reads The Guardian, which is a British newspaper.
b She reads The Guardian, that is a British newspaper.
8 a We should aim to break down the divisions which separate the two countries.
b We should aim to break down the divisions that separate the two countries.

3 Underline the correct word.


1 I love the lyrics / letters to Adele’s songs.
2 The lyrics / letters in the Russian alphabet are really complicated.
3 What a lovely polite / educated boy – he offered to carry my bags for me!
4 She was really nice / sympathetic when I failed the French exam.
5 What succeeded / happened? What are you doing on the floor?
6 I’m going to try and try again until I succeed / happen.
7 The Spanish omelette was a great exit / success. I must make it again one day.
8 I really liked your karate teacher, Dani. She was really nice / sympathetic.

23
4 Circle the correct answer a, b or c to complete the text. In some spaces more than
one word is correct.
Mother: Are you sure this is our train? Shouldn’t we ask? The man 1 is
holding the flag must know. He looks 2 . I’ll go and ask him.
Daughter: No, no, this is the train. Look at the sign 3 the side: Alicante –
Madrid
Mother: Madrid? But we’re going to Villena!
Daughter: Yes, Mum, but all the trains 4 go from Alicante to Madrid pass
through Villena.

Mother: OK! So now we’re 5 the train! Where shall we sit?
6
Daughter:  the middle of the carriage.
Mother: What does it say 7 that screen?
Daughter: On no, This train doesn’t stop 8 Villena station. This is a direct
train to Madrid!
1 a who b  that c  which
2 a nice and polite b  sympathetic and polite c  nice and educated
3 a in b  on c  at
4 a who b  that c  which
5 a in b  on c  at
6 a In b  On c  At
7 a in b  on c  at
8 a in b  on c  at

5 Are these sentences right or wrong? Correct those which are wrong.
1 They’ve been preparing the party for two weeks. It’s going to be a great success.

2 The person which just spoke is a famous zoologist.


3 I never understand the letter of songs in English.
4 I always have to wait on a long queue when I go to the supermarket.

5 The sun rises in the east and sets in the west.


6 Have you met the new head teacher which joined the school last week?

7 The boat that we sailed to South Africa on was a cargo ship.


8 There’s a new bank on the end of our street.

24
13
Some commonly confused verbs
1 Tick (3) the correct sentence in each pair.
1 a Children are required to assist school from the ages of 4 to 16.
b Children are required to attend school from the ages of 4 to 16.
2 a It is extremely important for all the students to approve the final exams.
b It is extremely important for all the students to pass the final exams.

To attend means to go to a place either once or regularly. To assist means to give


support, or help.
3 She works in the morning and attends classes in the evening.
3 We attended a lecture about Bob Dylan’s music yesterday.
3 You will be expected to assist the editor with editing the books.

We use the verb to pass when we want to say that someone has been successful in an
exam or course. We use the verb to approve to say that we are in favour of something.
3 All the students were very happy because they passed their final exams.
3 She doesn’t approve of my friends.

We can use either to pass or to approve with words such as proposal, bill and law,
meaning ‘to be accepted by someone in authority’.
3 In the USA, bills must be passed / approved by both Chambers and the President.

To fail means to be unsuccessful in an exam or course. To suspend means to stop,


either temporarily or permanently.
3 His parents were very pleased because he didn’t fail any of his exams.
3 The train service was suspended because of engineering works.

2 Correct the mistake below.


My parents said I could go
on holiday with my friends if I
approved my English exam.

‘My parents said ……………………………………………………………………………… ’

3 Complete the sentences with the correct verb. In one sentence there are two
possible answers.
1 You have to practise a lot if you want to pass your driving test.
2 If you don’t study hard, you’ll Maths.
3 The government eventually the law to protect badgers.
4 A lot of parents the meeting.
5 A policeman the tourists who had got lost.
6 I karate classes twice a week.
7 The course was , as only three people had put their name down for it.
8 I fully of what the government is doing.
25
14
To have something done or to get something done
1 Tick (3) the correct sentence in each pair.
1 a Evelyn always cuts her hair at the same hairdresser’s.
b Evelyn always has her hair cut at the same hairdresser’s.
2 a My brother got his laptop reformatted at the electronics shop.
b My brother reformatted his laptop at the electronics shop.

We use to have something done or to get something done, when someone else does
something for us.
3 I had my car repaired at the local garage. They charged me a fortune.
7 I repaired my car at the local garage. They charged me a fortune.

We can also use to have something done to refer to an event (often bad or
unfortunate) that happened to someone.
3 Alice has just had her MP3 player stolen on the underground.

2 Correct the mistake below.


Alfie went to a new
place to cut his hair.

‘Alfie …………….………………………….………………… ’

3 Are these sentences right or wrong? Correct those which are wrong.
1 He thinks that his nose is too big and is going to do cosmetic surgery on it.
He thinks that his nose is too big and is going to have cosmetic surgery done.
2 If you have toothache, you should do an X-ray immediately.
3 Don’t you need to get your windows cleaned? They’re filthy!
4 Many politicians have their speeches written for them.
5 Did many people destroy their houses in the hurricane?
6 He broke his elbow playing tennis and had to have it put in plaster.
7 They had their house taken from them when they couldn’t meet the payments.

8 She’s quite rich and does a pedicure once a week.

26
15
I think I won’t do it or I don’t think I’ll do it?
1 Tick (3) the correct sentence in each pair.
1 a I don’t think I’ll ever buy a sports car.
b I think I won’t ever buy a sports car.
2 a I don’t hope we lose our camera on holiday.
b I hope we don’t lose our camera on holiday.

We often use I / We / They… don’t think and other similar expressions (It doesn’t look
like, She doesn’t seem to…) to make negative sentences in which the negation really
applies to the second verb in the sentence.
3 I don’t think I will buy a new mobile phone.
7 I think I won’t buy a new mobile phone.
3 They don’t seem to be rich. They live in a modest house.
7 They seem not to be rich. They live in a modest house.

However, in sentences with hope we make the second verb negative.


3 She hopes they won’t come.
7 She doesn’t hope they will come.

2 Correct the mistake below.

I think it is not going


to rain this afternoon.

`I ................................................................. to rain this afternoon`

3 Are these sentences right or wrong? Correct those which are wrong.
1 It doesn’t look like we’ll get there on time after all. right
2 They think she won’t manage to achieve all her goals.
3 I don’t think she went to Paris in the end.
4 He seems not to be happy. He’s got too many problems.
5 I don’t hope they put me next to Peter – he’s so boring!
6 I believe she isn’t as brilliant as they say.
7 I think they didn’t remember to pack their toothbrushes.
8 I hope they won’t come too early.

27
TEST
TEST 5
1 Underline the correct word. In one sentence both options are correct.
1 Up to what age do children attend / assist school in your country?
2 A greater number of retired people attend / assist their families with childcare
than several years ago.
3 I have to attend / assist a parents’ meeting in twenty minutes.
4 Simon’s parents gave him a new computer when he passed / approved all
his exams.
5 My parents don’t pass / approve of the stud I’ve had put in my lip.
6 New school rules have been unanimously passed / approved by the School
Board members.
7 Arantxa’s results were really poor – she failed / suspended all her subjects.
8 They failed / suspended the horse trials because of the rain.

2 Rewrite the sentences using get or have (something done).


1 My sister wants someone to pierce her nose.
My sister wants to .
2 If you can’t see properly, someone should test your eyes as soon as possible.
If you can’t see properly, you should .
3 The same garage always services my parents’ car.
My parents always .
4 Although it is very expensive, someone always irons his suits in the hotel.
Although it is very expensive, he .
5 Someone has just published an article I wrote.
I’ve just .
6 The boss needs someone to write all his emails before lunch.
The boss needs .
7 A colleague should review my final essay before I hand it in.
I should .
8 If your bike doesn’t work, someone should fix it for you.
If your bike doesn’t work, you should .

3 Are these sentences right or wrong? Correct those which are wrong.
1 I don’t think she cares, does she?
2 I don’t hope she’ll come this afternoon.
3 I think I won’t buy a new car this year.
4 You seem not to be tired.
5 It doesn’t look like there is going to be a new volcanic eruption.

6 I believe that he isn’t telling the truth.


7 I hope he won’t fail Physics again this term.
8 It looks like there won’t be any change in the weather in the next few days.

28
4 Circle the correct answer a, b or c to complete the text.
Mother: Get up or you’ll be late for school!
Robin: I 1 go to school today.
Mother: Why not?
Robin: My teachers are going to 2 me anyway. They hate me.
3 4
Mother: I see. You going to and that’s why you say you
aren’t going to 5 school.
Robin: Yes, Mum. All my teachers are dreadful. They don’t allow us to go to their
lessons if we haven’t done our homework.
Mother: Haven’t you done your homework?
Robin No, you see, my friend Marion is ill and so she couldn’t 6 me last
night.
Mother: Do you mean you 7 by Marion? I 8 expect sympathy
from me! Go to school immediately!
1 a think I won’t b  don’t think I’ll c  think I don’t
2 a fail b  suspend c  approve
3 a don’t believe you’re b  believe you aren’t c  won’t believe you are
4 a pass b  fail c  approve
5 a assist b  approve c  attend
6 a assist b  approve c  attend
7 a do your homework b  have your homework c  have done your
done homework
8 a think you don’t b  don’t hope you c  hope you don’t

5 Are these sentences right or wrong? Correct those which are wrong.
1 The Prime Minister assisted an important meeting in Brussels.

2 I don’t hope you expect me to wear those shoes!


3 My iron broke yesterday. I must have it fixed as soon as possible.

4 The girl was crying because she had suspended her Music examinations.

5 I hope you don’t mind me using your cup.


6 Celebrities usually design their clothes by famous dressmakers.

7 I think I won’t buy a new car next year.


8 It is our duty to assist people who need help.

29
16
Adjective + preposition
1 Tick (3) the correct sentence in each pair.
1 a The population was furious about the tax increases.
b The population was furious for the tax increases.
2 a My little brother is brilliant in drama.
b My little brother is brilliant at drama.

We use the preposition about after adjectives describing how you feel about a
situation or something that has happened (pleased, angry, annoyed, disappointed,
furious, etc.).
3 I’m very angry about the new regulations.   7 I’m very angry for the new regulations.

We use the preposition at after adjectives describing ability (good, brilliant, bad,
hopeless, etc.).
3 I’m hopeless at remembering people’s names.
7 I’m hopeless in remembering people’s names.

We use the prepositions at or by after adjectives describing how someone reacts to


something (amazed, astonished, shocked, surprised, etc.).
3 They were all shocked by / at what happened.
7 They were all shocked with what happened.

We use the preposition in with interested.


3 I don’t know how you can be interested in those stupid computer games.
7 I don’t know how you can be interested on those stupid computer games.

2 Correct the mistake below.


Everybody
is astonished
with the news.

‘Everyone is …………………………………………………….. ’

3 Complete the sentences with the correct preposition. In some sentences there are
two possible answers.
1 Harry is so full of himself! I just heard him say that he is brilliant at chess!
2 We were all shocked the footage of the earthquake.
3 I’ve always been interested Biology.
4 She is hopeless foreign languages.
5 She was really pleased her new promotion.
6 I think he is worse Maths than Chemistry.
7 I’m surprised your attitude.
8 They were furious the way they had been treated.

30
17
The third conditional
1 Tick (3) the correct sentence in each pair.
1 a If you had gone to Rome, you would have loved it.
b If you would have gone to Rome, you would have loved it.
2 a You would be watching Bruce Springsteen right now if you would
have gone to the concert!
b You would be watching Bruce Springsteen right now if you had gone to the concert!

We use the past perfect, not the conditional perfect, after If in third conditional
sentences.
3 If I hadn’t lost Anne’s number, I would have called her.
7 If I wouldn’t have lost Anne’s number, I would have called her.
3 If she had got that job, she’d be living in Moscow now!
7 If she would have got that job, she’d be living in Moscow now!

Remember that we can put the clauses the other way round but the tenses stay the
same.
3 If the alarm clock had worked yesterday morning, I wouldn’t have missed my flight.
3 I wouldn’t have missed my flight if the alarm clock had worked yesterday morning.

2 Correct the mistake below.

If my pet snake wouldn’t have


eaten my homework, I would have
been able to hand it in today.

‘If my pet snake ……………………………………………………………….. ’

3 Are these sentences right or wrong? Correct those which are wrong.
1 If you wouldn’t have driven so fast, you wouldn’t have been fined.
If you hadn’t driven so fast, you wouldn’t have been fined.
2 I would have texted you yesterday if my phone battery hadn’t died.
3 If you had saved some money, you would be coming on that trip to London with
us.
4 The actor wouldn’t have tripped if she wouldn’t have been wearing such high-
heeled shoes.
5 They wouldn’t have failed the exam if you would have helped them.
6 You would have noticed her mistake if you had been paying attention.
7 If the protesters had crossed the security line, the police would have arrested them.

8 Would you have done the same if you would have been in our position?

31
18
Talking about purpose
1 Tick (3) the correct sentence in each pair.
1 a They went early for getting good seats.
b They went early to get good seats.
2 a He got up early so that he could walk the dog.
b He got up early for walk the dog.

We use to + infinitive to express purpose.


3 She bought a new suitcase to go to Italy.
7 She bought a new suitcase for going to Italy.
3 You should use sunglasses to protect your eyes.
7 You should use sunglasses for to protect your eyes.

However, note that if we are talking about the function of an object, we use for + -ing.
3 Sunglasses are for protecting your eyes.

We have to use so that before a clause with a subject. In this case a modal verb is
normally used in the purpose clause.
3 He bought an expensive car so that everybody would know how rich he was.
7 He bought an expensive car to everybody to know how rich he was.
7 He bought an expensive car for that everybody knows how rich he was.

2 Correct the mistake below.

I’m saving money


for buying one of
those cars.

‘I’m saving money ...................................................................’

3 Are these sentences right or wrong? Correct those which are wrong.
1 Someone phoned for enquiring about renting the room.
someone phoned to enquire about renting the room.
2 Mark has done all his homework for his teacher not getting angry with him.

3 He bought an engagement ring for give to his girlfriend.


4 Jane studied German for to get a better job in Germany.
5 Did they finish work early for get to the theatre on time?
6 That gadget is for open jars.
7 She speaks slowly for that her students can understand her.
8 These are special pens for writing on the whiteboard.
32
TEST
TEST 6
1 Complete the sentences with the correct preposition. In some sentences there are
two possible anwers.
1 Charles is pretty bad public debates, since he’s very shy.
2 The fans were very disappointed the concert being cancelled.
3 The audience got very annoyed the terrible acoustics in the theatre hall.
4 They were shocked the news.
5 Are you good cooking?
6 Sorry, I’m hopeless remembering names. Is it Freddie?
7 I’m not really interested your problems, I’m afraid.
8 We were amazed the child’s bad behaviour.

2 Circle the correct sentence in each pair.


1 a There would have been an accident if the driver hadn’t seen the hole.
b There would have been an accident if the driver wouldn’t have seen the hole.
2 a I would be doing my homework now if Alex wouldn’t have put my book in
his bag.
b I would be doing my homework now if Alex hadn’t put my book in his bag.
3 a If he would had seen me, would he have given me the parcel?
b If he had seen me, would he have given me the parcel?
4 a I would have won the competition if I would have guessed all the questions.
b I would have won the competition if I had guessed all the questions.
5 a Javier wouldn’t have fallen backwards if he hadn’t been tipping his chair.
b Javier wouldn’t have fallen backwards if he wouldn’t have been tipping his chair.
6 a If they would have been able to meet us earlier, we would have gone for a drink
before the film started.
b If they had been able to meet us earlier, we would have gone for a drink before
the film started.
7 a Rachel wouldn’t have been able to apply for the grant in Harvard if she hadn’t
been given such good grades.
b Rachel wouldn’t have been able to apply for the grant in Harvard if she wouldn’t
have been given such good grades.
8 a They might have seen the dog on the road if hadn’t been so dark.
b They might have seen the dog on the road if it wouldn’t have been so dark.

3 Underline the correct words.


1 David and Hilary moved to another town so that their children could attend / for
their children attending a better school.
2 They decided to leave quite early so that they wouldn’t / for that they don’t get stuck
in the rush-hour traffic.
3 That kind of car is great for travelling / travel across rocky ground.
4 They bought some tickets for to / to go to the lunchtime concert.

33
5 His parents worked very hard to him to / so that he could go to university.
6 I had to climb onto a chair to change / for changing the light bulb.
7 Her parents sent her some money so that she could pay / for paying the rent.
8 For sitting / To sit the exam you have to register before the end of the month.

4 Circle the correct answer a, b or c to complete the sentences.


1 On 15 April 1912, the whole world was astonished the news of the
sinking of the unsinkable Titanic.
2 If there more lifeboats on board, more people would have survived.
3 The crew told the passengers that everything would be alright panic.
4 Some newspapers were angry the failure of the crew to fill the lifeboats
before they were lowered into the water.
5 If the ship going so fast, it wouldn’t have collided with an iceberg.
6 There were many stories of bravery. Most men stood back the women
onto the lifeboats first.
7 Fewer people would have survived if the weather worse that night.
8 Even today, a hundred years later, people are still really interested the
story of the Titanic.
1 a by b  for c  with
2 a have been b  had been c  would have been
3 a so that they wouldn’t b  for that they don’t c  to they not to
4 a about b  by c  for
5 a hadn’t been b  wouldn’t have been c  wouldn’t been
6 a for to allow b  to allow c  for allowing
7 a have been b  had been c  would have been
8 a on b  in c  for

5 Are these sentences right or wrong? Correct those which are wrong.
1 The calf would have died if my mother hadn’t been there to help it.

2 His parents were amazed with how hard Alex worked for his exams.

3 Did you buy a new bikini for going to the beach?


4 The burglars wouldn’t have got in if you would have remembered to lock the door.

5 Are you interested in buying a lottery ticket for charity?


6 If you wouldn’t have wasted so much money in the sales, you would be able to
afford to replace your broken mobile.
7 I told him he was lazy for to make him realise that he had to work harder.

8 We opened all the windows so that we could hear the birds singing in the garden.

34
19
Can’t and mustn’t
1 Tick (3) the correct sentence in each pair.
1 a This car mustn’t be very expensive. It’s mostly made of plastic!
b This car can’t be very expensive. It’s mostly made of plastic!
2 a You mustn’t allow Peter to go out. He’s still too weak.
b You don’t have to allow Peter to go out. He’s still too weak.

We use the modal verb can’t to say that we are sure that something is not true.
3 He always wears very expensive clothes. He can’t be poor.
7 He always wears very expensive clothes. He mustn’t be poor.
3 He can’t have won ‘Britain’s Got Talent’! He can’t sing to save his life.
7 He mustn’t have won ‘Britain’s Got Talent’! He can’t sing to save his life.

We use the modal verb mustn’t to express prohibition. Don’t have to expresses lack
of obligation.
3 This meeting is very important; we mustn’t be late.
7 This meeting is very important; we don’t have to be late.
3 We don’t have to get there early. No one is arriving until 11 o’clock.

2 Correct the mistake below.

That mustn’t be
Lady Gaga. She
lives in the USA!

‘That …………………………………………………………… !’

3 Underline the correct modal verb.


1 In Spain, you mustn’t / don’t have to drive if you haven’t got a driving licence.
2 They mustn’t / can’t be on the plane yet. It’s only 9 o’clock.
3 You mustn’t / don’t have to bring your laptop. You can use any of the computers we
have in the office.
4 We mustn’t / don’t have to make any noise, the baby has just fallen asleep.
5 I mustn’t / didn’t have to phone them because they had already decided to come.
6 He can’t have / mustn’t have got top marks in the exam – he hardly revised for it!
7 Marie mustn’t / can’t be French, she doesn’t speak a word of the language.
8 You mustn’t / don’t have to go through that entrance. It’s just for the actors.

35
20
Present perfect
1 Tick (3) the correct sentence in each pair.
1 a We have lived in this house ever since I was born.
b We live in this house ever since I was born.
2 a The train has arrived late this morning.
b The train arrived late this morning.

We use the present perfect simple (or present perfect continuous), not the present
simple, to talk about actions or states that started in the past and continue into
the present.
3 Jamie has lived in Brighton for three years.
7 Jamie lives in Brighton for three years.
3 I’ve been studying German since I’ve had a German girlfriend.
7 I study German since I have a German girlfriend.

We use the past simple, not the present perfect – except with the word just – if an
action or state is finished, even if it is very recent.
3 The train arrived five minutes late this morning.
7 The train has arrived five minutes late this morning.
3 They have just bought a new car.

2 Correct the mistake below.


I have this tattoo
since I’ve been going
out with Maria.

‘I …………………………………… since I’ve been going out with Maria.’

3 Are these sentences right or wrong? Correct those which are wrong.
1 They have been training much harder since they lost the last competition.
right
2 For years we hear politicians talking about how to reduce unemployment.

3 I’m sure that I have switched the computer off before I left.
4 I’ve had breakfast late this morning.
5 We have just seen Iker Casillas in the supermarket!
6 I speak Chinese ever since I was a little girl.
7 I ran ten kilometres before I came into school this morning.
8 Do you play tennis for a long time or is it something you’ve started doing recently?

36
21
Using it in sentences
1 Tick (3) the correct sentence in each pair.
1 a She told us that is important be on time.
b She told us that it is important to be on time.
2 a Is it worth telling him that he’s wasting his time?
b Is worth telling him that he’s wasting his time?

We use the pronoun it in some cases to anticipate something which appears later in
the same sentence. We can’t leave it out of the sentence.
3 She said it was better to take the number 7 bus.
7 She said was better to take the number 7 bus.
3 It’s essential to listen carefully to the instructions.
7 Is essential to listen carefully to the instructions.

2 Correct the mistake below.


We told you that was important
to put on sun cream before
you went to the beach!

‘We told you that ………………………………………………………… !’

3 Rewrite the sentences, inserting the pronoun it in the correct place(s).


1 He told me that was essential to keep the secret.
He told me that it was essential to keep the secret.
2 Do your parents think that is better for you to go to university?

3 I don’t think matters whether we take the 10 o’clock train or the next one.

4 I think is worth telling him if you’re upset.

5 By the time that got dark, everybody was safely home.

6 He says isn’t easy to survive on the minimum wage and he’s right!

7 I think makes sense to buy the cheaper one, don’t you?

8 Oh no! Looks like is going to rain any minute and the washing’s out!

37
TEST
TEST 7
1 Complete the sentences with can’t, mustn’t, or don’t / doesn’t have to.
1 Sshh! You make any noise. Mum is talking on the phone.
2 He have taken the umbrella. He didn’t know where it was.
3 Our parents buy a new car. Their old car is still in very good condition.
4 Emma have seen Paul yesterday. He isn’t in town.
5 Louise be older than her sister. She’s about my age and her sister is
older than me.
6 You talk to the driver. It’s very dangerous.
7 He leave now. He can stay here until tomorrow.
8 You pay now, you can pay when you leave.

2 Underline the correct word.


1 This morning thousands of protesters gathered / have gathered in front of the
Parliament but the police made them move away.
2 I just / have just remembered his name.
3 They have been speaking / speak a lot more English recently.
4 I study / have been studying English since I was five years.
5 They’ve been married / are married for thirty years and they are still a happy
couple!
6 Do you know / Have you known your girlfriend for a long time?
7 Since the conflict broke out, people have not lived / do not live there.
8 I just / have just made up my mind. I’ll go with you.

3 Are these sentences right or wrong? Correct those which are wrong.
1 In this country, it seems there are a lot of talented footballers.
2 I think was fantastic that all my cousins could come to my grandfather’s 90th
birthday party.
3 In this situation, doesn’t matter what we do.
4 My grandmother thought that was wrong for a woman to wear trousers.

5 You know it is no use trying to ignore the question.


6 I don’t think that matters if we use a dictionary or not.
7 I hope isn’t going to snow this weekend.
8 It’s better to try and fail, than never to try at all.

38
4 Circle the correct answer a, b or c to complete the text.
Tom: I’m very hungry. I 1 anything for hours. 2 to eat every five
or six hours, you know. The last time I 3 something was at seven
o’clock this morning. Couldn’t we look for a restaurant? You 4 we
would find plenty of nice places to eat.
Chloe: I think there must be a farm near here. We can have lunch there.
(five hours later)
Tom: Where’s the farm? We 5 past it – I’ve been looking all the time.
6
. I can’t go any further. I need to eat right now! I’m starving!
Chloe: Ah, why didn’t you say that before? We can eat the sandwiches my mother
7
for us this morning! As you say, 8 to eat at regular
intervals.
1 a haven’t eaten b  didn’t eat c  don’t eat
2 a Is essential b  It’s essential c  Essential
3 a ate b  have eaten c  eat
4 a have said b  said c  say
5 a can’t have gone b  mustn’t have gone c  mustn’t go
6 a It’s ridiculous b  Is ridiculous c  Ridiculous
7 a prepares b  has prepared c  prepared
8 a is important b  it’s important c  important

5 Are these sentences right or wrong? Correct those which are wrong.
1 ‘Do you know where Simon is?’ ‘He mustn’t have gone out because his coat is
here.’
2 He works for this company for three years.
3 You could write to him but it would be better to speak to him directly.

4 We didn’t have to hire a car. The hotel provided a courtesy car to take us to the
airport.
5 As far as I’m concerned, is up to you to decide.
6 She can’t be British – she speaks English really badly.
7 You don’t have to speak so loudly in a hospital. It is forbidden.

8 I don’t see your brother for a long time.

39
TEST 1
Answer key 1 1 b 2  b 3  a 4  a 5  a  
Unit 1 6 b 7  b 8  b
1 1 b  2  a 2 1 in 2  on 3  At 4  in  
2 That boring French TV show sent them 5 at, on 6  in 7  at 8  in
to sleep. 3 1 – 2  the 3  –, – 4  The 5  –
3 2 Emily bought an ugly Italian 6 –, – 7  – 8  –, –
aluminium kitchen table. 4 1 c 2  b 3  b 4  a 5  c  
3 His granny gave him an awful orange 6 a 7  a 8  a
iron ornament for his birthday. 5 1 We usually go to the cinema with
4 I’d like to buy a new pair of black some friends on Friday evening.
and purple Swiss climbing boots. 2 Teenagers do not generally listen to
5 She’s always wearing her scruffy old their parents’ advice.
English jeans. 3 correct
6 Jeremy fell in love with his beautiful 4 The last Beatles concert was on 29 
tall Canadian classmate. August 1966.
7 I’ve got a blue and white Greek flag. 5 A lovely new pet store has just
8 There’s a gorgeous big green tree in opened in the shopping centre.
my back garden. 6 correct
7 E-books may be very useful if you
Unit 2
travel a lot.
1 1 b  2  a
8 Some important characteristics
2 Christopher Columbus was here on 12
of good politicians are honesty,
October 1492.
generosity and efficiency.
3 2 My English friends usually visit us at
Christmas. Unit 4
3 correct 1 1 a  2  b
4 Two planes destroyed the Twin 2 The old are fitter than the young these
Towers in New York on 11 days.
September 2001. 3 2 correct
5 Mozart wrote his first symphony at 3 Both scarves are nice but I prefer
the age of eight. the long one to the short one.
6 They award the Nobel Peace Prize 4 There’s a great retirement home for
every year in December. the old in my neighbourhood.
7 correct 5 correct
8 I love having a glass of orange juice 6 The good thing about this school is
in the morning. that the teachers really treat you as
adults.
Unit 3
7 correct
1 1 a  2  b  3  b
8 The young are really intuitive with
2 I thought polar bears liked fish!
electronic devices.
3 2 The
3 – , the Unit 5
4 – , – 1 1 b  2  a
5 The 2 I only asked her why she didn’t want
6 – me to carry her bag.
7 – , – 3 2 My mother wants to know where
8 – she was last night.
40
3 I wonder who invited you to this 7 less
party. 8 fewer
4 He is asking whether she wants to 4 1 c  2  a  3  a  4  b  5  a  
come to the cinema on Friday. 6  c  7  a  8  b
5 Can you tell me how many brothers 5 1 They felt that the chocolate
and sisters you have got? croissants were better than the plain
6 The teacher will ask them which ones.
university they are applying to. 2 I want to know why you were with
7 I don’t understand what everybody Sarah at the party.
is looking at. 3 There are fewer books in this library
8 Can you explain why you aren’t than there used to be.
speaking to me? 4 correct
5 She didn’t have many biscuits for
Unit 6
breakfast.
1 1 a   2  a
6 The sad thing is that they had just
2 There weren’t many fans at the gig last
bought a flat together when they
night.
broke up.
3 2 fewer
7 They haven’t got much money so
3 less
they can’t go away this year.
4 much
8 correct
5 much
6 fewer and fewer Unit 7
7 less 1 1 a  2  a
8 many 2 I told you that I had worked as a fire-
eater, not as a firefighter.
TEST 2
3 2 Why can’t you just sit quietly like
1 1 the, the
everybody else?
2 things
3 Roberto’s teacher spoke to him like
3 ones
a father.
4 the
4 correct
5 one
5 It looks like snow, but it is just sleet.
6 The, the
6 I prefer classical Spanish composers
7 the
like / such as Falla or Albéniz.
8 thing
7 correct
2 1 she could find
8 correct
2 we were laughing
3 I had bought Unit 8
4 he didn’t accept 1 1 b  2  a
5 they would perform 2 He’s got mumps, which is very
6 I was going contagious.
7 he is going 3 2 is
8 she hadn’t told 3 has / have
3 1 much 4 was / were
2 fewer 5 are
3 Not many 6 are
4 less 7 is
5 not many 8 are
6 not much
41
Unit 9 3 I love going to the cinema. I wish it
1 1 a  2  b  3  a were / was less expensive.
2 I wish I had my bikini with me. 4 correct
3 2  could / were able to 5 My flight was delayed last night. If
3 had seen only I had had something to read.
4 would give 6 Many people don’t stop to help
5 would stop when they see a homeless person.
6 knew 7 I wish I had bought that lovely dress
7 would be / were last week. Now it has sold out.
8 had been 8 Gymnastics is my favourite
subject because the teacher is very
TEST 3
enthusiastic.
1 1 a  2  b  3  a  4  b  5  b  
6  a  7  b  8  b Unit 10
2 1 It is 1 1 b  2  a
2 is 2 Couldn’t you sit at the table like
3 It’s everybody else?
4 was / were 3 2 on
5 has / have 3 at
6 live 4 on
7 have 5 in
8 comes / come 6 in
3 1 Arthur is late. I wish I had his 7 on
mobile number. 8 at
2 It’s pouring with rain. I wish we had
Unit 11
brought our umbrellas.
1 1 a  2  a
3 If only some people were less selfish
2 The pilot who flew the plane wasn’t
and more public-spirited.
very experienced.
4 I wish I were better at Mathematics.
3 2 that / who
5 correct
3 which / that
6 If only we had stayed a little longer,
4 which
we would have seen the celebrities
5 who
coming out.
6 which / that
7 correct
7 which / that
8 We missed the start of the film. If
8 that / who
only we had taken the bus earlier.
4 1 is Unit 12
2 were 1 1 a  2  a
3 are 2 The concert isn’t a great success!
4 as 3 2 She only thinks about herself. She
5 like isn’t a very nice person.
6 had studied 3 correct
7 is 4 The most important thing about a
8 were song is its lyrics.
5 1 correct 5 correct
2 correct

42
6 ‘How did it happen?’ ‘I really don’t Unit 13
know. One minute he was here and 1 1 b  2  b
the next he was gone.’ 2 My parents said I could go on holiday
7 correct with my friends if I passed my English
8 correct exam.
3 2 fail
TEST 4
3 approved / passed
1 1 He loves standing right in the
4 attended
middle of the crowd when he goes
5 assisted
to concerts.
6 attend
2 correct
7 suspended
3 I bought all these vegetables for five
8 approve
euros at the market.
4 correct Unit 14
5 correct 1 1 b  2  a
6 We were waiting in a queue for the 2 Alfie went to a new place to have / get
theatre when we saw my boss. his hair cut.
7 It’s one of the smallest creatures on 3 2 If you have toothache, you
Earth. should have / get an X-ray done
8 correct immediately.
2 1 a  2  b  3  b  4  a  5  b   3 correct
6  a, b   7  a   8  a, b 4 correct
3 1 lyrics 5 Did many people have their houses
2 letters destroyed in the hurricane?
3 polite 6 correct
4 sympathetic 7 correct
5 happened 8 She’s quite rich and has / gets a
6 succeed pedicure done once a week.
7 success
Unit 15
8 nice
1 1 a  2  b
4 1 a / b   2  a   3  b   4  b / c  
2 I don’t think it is going to rain this
5  b  6  a  7  b  8  c
afternoon.
5 1 correct
3 2 They don’t think she’ll manage to
2 The person who just spoke is a
achieve all her goals.
famous zoologist.
3 correct
3 I never understand the lyrics of
4 He doesn’t seem to be happy. He’s
songs in English.
got too many problems.
4 I always have to wait in a
5 I hope they don’t put me next to
long queue when I go to the
Peter – he’s so boring!
supermarket.
6 I don’t believe she’s as brilliant as
5 correct
they say.
6 Have you met the new head teacher
7 I don’t think they remembered to
who joined the school last week?
pack their toothbrushes.
7 correct
8 correct
8 There’s a new bank at the end of
our street.

43
TEST 5 4 The girl was crying because she had
1 1 attend failed her Music examinations.
2 assist 5 correct
3 attend 6 Celebrities usually have their
4 passed clothes designed by famous
5 approve of dressmakers.
6 passed / approved 7 I don’t think I’ll buy a new car next
7 failed year.
8 suspended 8 correct
2 1 My sister wants to get / have her
Unit 16
nose pierced.
1 1 a  2  b
2 If you can’t see properly, you should
2 Everybody is astonished at the news.
get / have your eyes tested as soon
3 2 by / at
as possible.
3 in
3 My parents always get / have their
4 at
car serviced at the same garage.
5 about
4 Although it is very expensive, he
6 at
always gets / has his suits ironed in
7 by / at
the hotel.
8 about
5 I’ve just got/ had an article
published. Unit 17
6 The boss needs to get / have all his 1 1 a  2  b
emails written before lunch. 2 If my pet snake hadn’t eaten my
7 I should get / have my final essay homework, I would have been able to
reviewed before I hand it in. hand it in today.
8 If your bike doesn’t work, you 3 2 correct
should get / have it fixed. 3 correct
3 1 correct 4 The actor wouldn’t have tripped if
2 I hope she won’t come this she hadn’t been wearing such high-
afternoon. heeled shoes.
3 I don’t think I’ll buy a new car this 5 They wouldn’t have failed the exam
year. if you had helped them.
4 You don’t seem to be tired. 6 correct
5 correct 7 correct
6 I don’t believe that he’s telling the 8 Would you have done the same if
truth. you had been in our position?
7 correct
Unit 18
8 It doesn’t look like there will be any
1 1 b  2  a
change in the weather in the next
2 I’m saving money to buy / so that I can
few days.
buy one of those cars.
4 1  b  2  a  3  a  4  a  5  c  
3 2 Mark has done all his homework so
6  a  7  b  8  c
that his teacher won’t get angry with
5 1 The Prime Minister attended an
him.
important meeting in Brussels.
3 He bought an engagement ring to
2 I hope you don’t expect me to wear
give to his girlfriend.
those shoes!
3 correct
44
4 Jane studied German to get /so 7 I told him he was lazy to make him
that she could get a better job in realise/ so that he would realise that
Germany. he had to work harder.
5 Did they finish work early to get to 8 correct
the theatre on time?
Unit 19
6 That gadget is for opening jars.
1 1 b  2  a
7 She speaks slowly so that her
2 That can’t be Lady Gaga. She lives in
students can understand her.
the USA!
8 correct
3 2 can’t
TEST 6 3 don’t have to
1 1 at 4 mustn’t
2 about 5 didn’t have to
3 about 6 can’t have
4 at / by 7 can’t
5 at 8 mustn’t
6 at
Unit 20
7 in
1 1 a  2  b
8 at / by
2 I have had this tattoo since I’ve been
2 1 a  2  b  3  b  4  b  5  a  
going out with Maria.
6  b  7  a  8  a
3 2 For years we have heard / have been
3 1 so that their children could attend
hearing politicians talking about
2 so that they wouldn’t
how to reduce unemployment.
3 travelling
3 I’m sure that I switched the
4 to
computer off before I left.
5 so that he could
4 I had breakfast late this morning.
6 to change
5 correct
7 so that she could pay
6 I have spoken Chinese ever since
8 To sit
I was a little girl.
4 1 a  2  b  3  a  4  a  5  a  
7 correct
6  b  7  b  8  b
8 Have you played / been playing
5 1 correct
tennis for a long time or is it
2 His parents were amazed at /
something you’ve started doing
by how hard Alex worked for his
recently?
exams.
3 Did you buy a new bikini to go to Unit 21
the beach? 1 1 b  2  a
4 The burglars wouldn’t have got in 2 We told you that it was important to
if you had remembered to lock the put on sun cream before you went to
door. the beach!
5 correct 3 2 Do your parents think that it is
6 If you hadn’t wasted so much better for you to go to university?
money in the sales, you would 3 I don’t think it matters whether we
be able to afford to replace your take the 10 o’clock train or the next
broken mobile. one.
4 I think it is worth telling him if
you’re upset.

45
5 By the time that it got dark, 2 He has worked / has been working
everybody was safely home. for this company for three years.
6 He says it isn’t easy to survive on 3 correct
the minimum wage and he’s right! 4 correct
7 I think it makes sense to buy the 5 As far as I’m concerned, it is up to
cheaper one, don’t you? you to decide.
8 Oh no! It looks like it’s going to rain 6 correct
any minute and the washing’s out! 7 You mustn’t speak so loudly in a
hospital. It is forbidden.
TEST 7
8 I haven’t seen your brother for a
1 1 mustn’t
long time.
2 can’t
3 don’t have to
4 can’t
5 can’t
6 mustn’t
7 doesn’t have to
8 don’t have to
2 1 gathered
2 have just
3 have been speaking
4 have been studying
5 ’ve been married
6 Have you known
7 have not lived
8 have just
3 1 correct
2 I think it was fantastic that all
my cousins could come to my
grandfather’s 90th birthday party.
3 In this situation, it doesn’t matter
what we do.
4 My grandmother thought that it
was wrong for a woman to wear
trousers.
5 correct
6 I don’t think that it matters if we use
a dictionary or not.
7 I hope it isn’t going to snow this
weekend.
8 correct
4 1 a  2  b  3  a  4  b  5  a  
6  a  7  c  8  b
5 1 ‘Do you know where Simon is? ‘He
can’t have gone out because his
coat is here.’

46
Thanks and acknowledgements
The authors would like to thank:
Carlos E Blasco, IES 8 de Marzo, Alicante for contributing to the material.
The authors and publishers would like to thank:
Stephanie Parker and Alison Bewsher for editing.
Katie Foufouti for preparing the answer key.
José Antonio Rubio for the illustrations.
Óscar Latorre Used for page layout.

You might also like